FeedbackTable Of Contents
auto-negotiate (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
auto-negotiate (Fibre Channel interface configuration submode)
auto-negotiate (InfiniBand interface configuration submode)
bridge-group (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
bridge-group (gateway interface configuration submode)
bridge-group (global configuration mode)
bridge-group (trunk interface configuration submode)
bridge-group broadcast-forwarding
bridge-group directed-broadcast
disable (privileged EXEC mode)
disable (trunk interface configuration submode)
enable (trunk interface configuration submode)
fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted
fc srp-global lun-policy restricted
ip address (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
ip address (Ethernet management interface configuration submode)
ip address (gateway interface configuration submode)
ip address (InfiniBand management interface configuration submode)
redundancy-group broadcast-forwarding
redundancy-group directed-broadcast
redundancy-group gratuitous-igmp
redundancy-group load-balancing
redundancy-group new-member-force-reelection
show diagnostic interface ethernet
show fc srp initiator-wwpn-view
show ib pm port counter config
speed (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
speed (Fibre Channel interface configuration submode)
speed (InfiniBand interface configuration submode)
Commands
This chapter documents the following commands:
•
auto-negotiate (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
action
To execute predefined administrative functions on expansion modules (gateway cards), enter the action command in card configuration submode.
action {delete-inactive-image | reset}
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Card configuration (config-card) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted or card-specific read-write user.
This command pertains only to cards in expansion slots and can be entered only on server switches that have expansion slots.
Before you use the action command with the delete-inactive-images keyword, enter the boot-config command with the primary-image-source keyword to install and activate the proper image on the card. When you enter this command, the previously-active image becomes inactive. You can now enter the action command to clear the inactive image from your card.
Examples
The following example deletes inactive images from the card that resides in slot 2:
SFS-3012R(config-card-2)# action delete-inactive-imagesThe following example resets a management I/O card on a Cisco SFS 7008:
SFS-7008(config-card-15)# action resetRelated Commands
boot-config
copy
install
show card
shutdownaddr-option
To configure the Ethernet Management port or the virtual in-band InfiniBand port to use a static IP address, obtain an IP address from a DHCP server, or automatically obtain an IP address from a hardware-designated controller, enter the addr-option command in Ethernet management configuration submode.
addr-option {auto | dhcp | static}
Syntax Description
Defaults
Default settings for this command are platform dependent, as follows:
•
•
•
Command Modes
Ethernet management interface configuration (config-if- mgmt-ethernet) submode, InfiniBand management interface configuration (config-if-mgmt-ib) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
If you use the static keyword:
•
•
Examples
The following example configures the Ethernet Management port to obtain an IP address from a DHCP server:
SFS-270(config-if-mgmt-ethernet)# addr-option dhcpRelated Commands
ip address (Ethernet management interface configuration submode)
ip address (InfiniBand management interface configuration submode)arp ethernet
To statically map an IP address to the physical machine address of an Ethernet host on the local network, enter the arp ethernet command in global configuration mode. To clear a static IP address, use the no form of this command.
Note
arp ethernet ip-address mac-address slot#/port#
no arp ethernet ip-address mac-address
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
The server switch supports dynamic ARP so that any IP host that connects to an Ethernet gateway port can see or detect all the other connected IP and IPoIB hosts.
An ARP table contains the available ARP records in the gateway. An ARP record can be dynamically learned or statically created. In most cases, you can rely upon dynamic ARP addressing. Dynamic ARP records can be deleted from the table after a period of time, or updated, if a host address-change occurs.
Examples
SFS-3012R(config)# arp ethernet 10.2.0.50 00:30:48:23:A9:0A 4/1Related Commands
authentication
Use the authentication command in global configuration mode to configure one of the following user authentication methods:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
authentication login [default {local [radius | tacacs] | tacacs [local] | radius [local]}]
Syntax Description
Defaults
Authentication defaults to local.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Use the authentication command to indicate the user login authentication sources and the sequence in which to check them.
Table 3-1 explains the valid authentication methods.
Table 3-1 Authentication Methods for Logging In
For more information, see the "Authentication" section on page 1-3.
Examples
The following example configures the server switch to authenticate first with a RADIUS server and then with the local database if RADIUS server authentication fails:
SFS-7000P(config)# authentication login default radius localThe following example configures the server switch to authenticate first with a TACACS+ server and then with the local database if TACACS+ server authentication fails:
SFS-7000P(config)# authentication login default tacacs localThe following example configures the server switch to authenticate first with the local database and then with a RADIUS server if local authentication fails:
SFS-7000P(config)# authentication login default local radiusThe following example configures the server switch to authenticate first with the local database and then with a TACACS+ server if local authentication fails:
SFS-7000P(config)# authentication login default local tacacsThe following example configures the server switch to authenticate to a TACACS+ server and then to the local database only if all configured TACACS+ servers are unreachable:
SFS-7000P(config)# authentication login default tacacsRelated Commands
tacacs-server
radius-server
show authenticationauto-negotiate (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
To dynamically determine the connection speed of direct-attached Ethernet devices, use the auto-negotiate command in Ethernet interface configuration submode. auto-negotiate
no auto-negotiate
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Defaults
Ethernet ports auto-negotiate connection speeds by default.
Command Modes
Ethernet interface configuration (config-if-ether) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Before you enable auto-negotiation, follow these steps to verify that the Ethernet host supports auto-negotiation:
Step 1
Step 2
Examples
The following example disables auto-negotiation on ports 1 through 4 on Ethernet card 4. The result of this command appears in the auto-negotiate-supported field of the show interface ethernet command:
SFS-3012R(config-if-ether-4/1-4/4)# no auto-negotiateRelated Commands
link-trap
name
show interface ethernet
shutdown
speed (Ethernet interface configuration submode)auto-negotiate (Fibre Channel interface configuration submode)
To dynamically determine the connection speed of direct-attached Fibre Channel devices, use the auto-negotiate command in Fibre Channel interface configuration submode. To disable auto-negotiation, use the no form of this command.
auto-negotiate
no auto-negotiate
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Defaults
Fibre Channel ports auto-negotiate connection speeds by default.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel interface configuration (config-if-fc) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-write user.
Fibre Channel:
Before you configure your Fibre Channel port to auto-negotiate speed, follow these steps to verify that the attached Fibre Channel device supports auto-negotiation:
Step 1
Step 2
Note
Examples
The following example disables auto-negotiation on ports 1 through 2 on Fibre Channel card 5. The result of this command appears in the auto-negotiate field of the show interface fc command:
SFS-3012R(config-if-fc-5/1-5/2)# no auto-negotiateRelated Commands
link-trap
name
show fc srp initiator
show interface fc
shutdown
speed (Fibre Channel interface configuration submode)auto-negotiate (InfiniBand interface configuration submode)
To dynamically determine the connection speed of direct-attached InfiniBand devices, use the auto-negotiate command in InfiniBand interface configuration submode. To disable auto-negotiation, use the no form of this command.
auto-negotiate
no auto-negotiate
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Defaults
For InfiniBand ports, auto-negotiation is disabled by default on Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D, Cisco SFS 7008P, and Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter. For InfiniBand ports, auto-negotiation is enabled by default onCisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, and Cisco SFS 3012R.
Command Modes
InfiniBand interface configuration (config-if-ib) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-write user (for InfiniBand ports).
Before you enable auto-negotiation, follow these steps to verify that the InfiniBand host supports auto-negotiation:
Step 1
Step 2
Examples
The following example enables auto-negotiation on port 1 on a Cisco SFS 7000. The result of this command appears in the auto-negotiate-supported field of the show interface ib command:
SFS-7000(config-if-ib-1/1)# auto-negotiateRelated Commands
link-trap
name
show interface ib
shutdown
speed (InfiniBand interface configuration submode)boot-config
To specify the system image to run when your server switch boots, enter the boot-config command in global configuration mode.
boot-config primary-image-source dir
Syntax Description
primary-image-source
Specifies that you want to configure the boot image.
dir
Directory that contains the boot image.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Specify an image directory as a boot image. Do not specify image files that end in ".img" since these files are compressed archives that must be installed first.
Note
Examples
The following example configures the server switch controller to use the TopspinOS-2.9.0/build134 directory when the server switch boots. Without this directory, the system cannot boot successfully.
SFS-7000P(config)# boot-config primary-image-source TopspinOS-2.9.0/build134Related Commands
dir
install
reload
show boot-config
show card
show card-inventorybridge-group (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
To assign a bridge group to an Ethernet port and optionally configure the port with an IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag, enter the bridge-group command in Ethernet interface configuration mode. To remove a bridge group, use the no form of this command.
bridge-group bridgegroupID [vlan-tag integer]
no bridge-group bridgegroupID [vlan-tag integer]
Syntax Description
bridgegroupID
Bridge group to create or reconfigure.
vlan-tag
(Optional) Specifies a virtual LAN ID tag.
integer
(Optional) LAN ID tag.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Ethernet interface configuration (config-if-ether) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Create bridge-groups to associate specific Ethernet gateway ports with Ethernet switch ports. Bridge Groups are used to associate the InfiniBand fabric with an Ethernet subnet.
Examples
The following example assigns bridge group 2 to the Ethernet interface slot 6, port 2:
SFS-3012R(config-if-ether-6/2)# bridge-group 2Related Commands
bridge-group (gateway interface configuration submode)
To assign a bridge group to a gateway interface and optionally configure 16-bit partition key, enter the bridge-group command in gateway interface configuration mode. To remove a bridge group, use the no form of this command.
bridge-group bridgegroupID [pkey partition-key]
no bridge-group bridgegroupID [pkey]
Syntax Description
bridgegroupID
Bridge group to create or reconfigure.
pkey
(Optional) Specifies a partition key to assign to the bridge group.
partition-key
(Optional) Partition key to assign to the bridge group.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Gateway interface configuration (config-if-gw) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example assigns bridge group 2 to the internal gateway interface slot 6, ports 1 and 2:
SFS-3012R(config-if-gw-6)# bridge-group 2Related Commands
bridge-group (global configuration mode)
To create a bridge group, enter the bridge-group command in global configuration mode. To remove a bridge group, use the no form of this command.
bridge-group bridgegroupID
no bridge-group bridgegroupID
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Create a bridge group to bridge one Ethernet VLAN to one Infiniband IPoIB partition. A bridge group created with this command must have Ethernet and Infiniband ports assigned in order to start forwarding.
Examples
The following example creates a bridge group with bridge group ID 1:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1Related Commands
bridge-group (trunk interface configuration submode)
To assign a trunk group to a bridge group and optionally configure the trunk group with an IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag, enter the bridge-group command in trunk interface configuration mode. To remove a bridge group, use the no form of this command.
bridge-group bridgegroupID [vlan-tag integer]
no bridge-group bridgegroupID [vlan-tag integer]
Syntax Description
bridgegroupID
Bridge group to create or reconfigure.
vlan-tag
(Optional) Specifies a virtual LAN ID tag.
integer
(Optional) LAN ID tag.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Trunk interface configuration (config-if-trunk) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example assigns trunk group 1 to bridge group 2:
SFS-3012R(config)# interface trunk 1SFS-3012R(config-if-trunk)# bridge-group 2Related Commands
interface
show bridge-group
show trunkbridge-group broadcast-forwarding
To enable broadcast forwarding for a selected bridge group, enter the bridge-group broadcast-forwarding command in global configuration mode. To disable broadcast forwarding for a bridge group, use the no form of this command.
bridge-group bridgegroupID broadcast-forwarding
no bridge-group bridgegroupID broadcast-forwarding
Syntax Description
Defaults
On a new bridge group the broadcast forwarding is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example enables broadcast forwarding for bridge group 1:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 broadcast-forwardingRelated CommandsRelated Commands
bridge-group directed-broadcast
To enable directed broadcast for a bridge group, enter the bridge-group directed-broadcast command in global configuration mode. Once enabled, directed broadcasting allows directed broadcast traffic from the remote subnet Ethernet host to be broadcast to the IB network bridged by this bridge group.
To disable directed broadcast for a bridge group, use the no form of this command.
bridge-group bridgegroupID directed-broadcast
no bridge-group bridgegroupID directed-broadcast
Syntax Description
Defaults
Directed broadcast is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example enables directed broadcast for bridge group 1:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 directed-broadcastRelated CommandsRelated Commands
bridge-group eth-next-hop
Creates or removes an IPv4 Ethernet route for a bridge group. The Ethernet route is used by hosts on the Ethernet side of the bridge. The next hop must be on the InfiniBand side of the bridge.
To configure a route for a selected bridge group, enter the bridge-group eth-next-hop command in global configuration mode. To remove a route from a bridge group, use the no form of this command. Up to 16 IPv4 routes per bridge group are supported.
bridge-group bridgegroupID eth-next-hop next-hop [next-hop-mask mask] [dest remote-subnet remote-subnet-mask]
no bridge-group bridgegroupID eth-next-hop next-hop [next-hop-mask mask] [dest remote-subnet remote-subnet-mask]
Syntax Description
Defaults
Default values and behaviors appear in the Syntax Description.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
Use of this command is uncommon because L3 switches and routers are usually located on the Ethernet side of the bridge.
The simplest form of the command, where the next-hop-mask and dest keywords are missing, specifies one default route for all IP subnets. This form is useful when one IP subnet is bridged by this bridge group.
To create a more specific route, use the dest keyword to specify a remote subnet prefix and prefix length.
If a bridge group bridges more than one IP subnet, each subnet will have a separate set of routes. In this case, use next-hop-mask to specify the IP subnet that this route belongs to. The dest keyword can be used in the same command to identify a more specific route.
The bridge group IP subnets must be configured before the routes belonging to them are created.
Examples
The following example creates a default route for bridge group 1 with next hop 10.0.0.1:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 eth-next-hop 10.0.0.1The following example creates a route with next hop 10.0.0.2 for 30.0.0.0/8 remote subnet:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 eth-next-hop 10.0.0.2 dest 30.0.0.0 255.0.0.0The following example creates a default route for both IP subnets bridged by bridge group 1. The bridge group IP subnets are 10.0.0.0/8 and 20.0.0.0/8:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 eth-next-hop 10.0.0.1 next-hop-mask 255.0.0.0SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 eth-next-hop 20.0.0.1 next-hop-mask 255.0.0.0The following example creates a more specific route for both IP subnets bridged by bridge group 1. The bridge group IP subnets are 10.0.0.0/8 and 20.0.0.0/8. The remote subnet 30.0.0.0/8 is reachable from both IP subnets but through different next hops 10.0.0.2 and 20.0.0.2.
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 eth-next-hop 10.0.0.2 next-hop-mask 255.0.0.0 dest 30.0.0.0 255.0.0.0SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 eth-next-hop 20.0.0.2 next-hop-mask 255.0.0.0 dest 30.0.0.0 255.0.0.0Related Commands
bridge-group subnet-prefix
show bridge-subnets
show bridge-forwardingbridge-group gratuitous-igmp
To enable gratuitous IGMP for a selected bridge group, enter the bridge-group gratuitous-igmp command in global configuration mode. To disable gratuitous IGMP for a bridge group, use the no form of this command.
bridge-group bridgegroupID gratuitous-igmp
no bridge-group bridgegroupID gratuitous-igmp
Syntax Description
Defaults
On a new bridge group the gratuitous IGMP is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
Use this command when IGMP snooping is enabled on the Ethernet switches connected to the Ethernet gateway.
Examples
The following example enables gratuitous IGMP for bridge group 1:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 gratuitous-igmpRelated Commands
show bridge-group
bridge-group igmpbridge-group ib-next-hop
Creates or removes an IPv4 InfiniBand route for a bridge group. The InfiniBand route is used by hosts on the InfiniBand side of the bridge. The next hop must be on the Ethernet side of the bridge.
To configure a route for a selected bridge group, enter the bridge-group ib-next-hop command in global configuration mode. To remove a route from a bridge group, use the no form of this command. Up to 16 IPv4 routes per bridge group are supported.
bridge-group bridgegroupID ib-next-hop next-hop [next-hop-mask mask] [dest remote-subnet remote-subnet-mask]
no bridge-group bridgegroupID ib-next-hop next-hop [next-hop-mask mask] [dest remote-subnet remote-subnet-mask]
Syntax Description
Defaults
Default values and behaviors appear in the Syntax Description.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
The simplest form of the command, where next-hop-mask and dest keywords are missing specifies one default route for all IP subnets. This form is useful when one IP subnet is bridged by this bridge group.
To create a more specific route, use the dest keyword to specify a remote subnet prefix and prefix length.
If a bridge group bridges more than one IP subnet, each subnet will have a separate set of routes. In this case, use the next-hop-mask keyword to specify the IP subnet this route belongs to. The dest keyword can be used in the same command to specify a more specific route.
The bridge group IP subnets must be configured before the routes belonging to them are created.
Examples
The following example creates a default route for bridge group 1 with next hop 10.0.0.1:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 ib-next-hop 10.0.0.1The following example creates a route with next hop 10.0.0.2 for 30.0.0.0/8 remote subnet:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 ib-next-hop 10.0.0.2 dest 30.0.0.0 255.0.0.0The following example creates a default route for both IP subnets bridged by bridge group 1. The bridge group IP subnets are 10.0.0.0/8 and 20.0.0.0/8:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 ib-next-hop 10.0.0.1 next-hop-mask 255.0.0.0SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 ib-next-hop 20.0.0.1 next-hop-mask 255.0.0.0The following example creates a more specific route for both IP subnets bridged by bridge group 1. The bridge group IP subnets are 10.0.0.0/8 and 20.0.0.0/8. The remote subnet 30.0.0.0/8 is reachable from both IP subnets but through different next hops 10.0.0.2 and 20.0.0.2.
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 ib-next-hop 10.0.0.2 next-hop-mask 255.0.0.0 dest 30.0.0.0 255.0.0.0SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 ib-next-hop 20.0.0.2 next-hop-mask 255.0.0.0 dest 30.0.0.0 255.0.0.0Related Commands
bridge-group subnet-prefix
show bridge-subnets
show bridge-forwardingbridge-group igmp
To set the IGMP version for the selected bridge group, enter the bridge-group igmp command in global configuration mode.
bridge-group bridgegroupID igmp {v1 | v2 | v3}
Syntax Description
bridgegroupID
Bridge group ID to set IGMP version.
v1
Specifies IGMP version 1.
v2
Specifies IGMP version 2.
v3
Specifies IGMP version 3.
Defaults
On a new bridge group v2 is set by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
The IGMP version must be set to correspond to the version used by the hosts and routers bridged by this bridge group. It is used by gratuitous IGMP to generate reports and might have additional future uses.
Examples
The following example sets IGMP version for bridge group 1 to v3:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 igmp v3Related Commands
show bridge-group
bridge-group gratuitous-igmpbridge-group ip-addr
To set the IP address for a selected bridge group, enter the bridge-group ip-addr command in global configuration mode. To unassign the IP address use 0.0.0.0.
bridge-group bridgegroupID ip-addr IPaddress
Syntax Description
bridgegroupID
Bridge group ID to assign IP address.
IPaddress
Bridge group IP address in dotted decimal notation.
Defaults
On a new bridge group the IP address is not assigned. It shows up as 0.0.0.0.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
A unique IP address must be assigned to each bridge group member of a redundancy group with load-balancing enabled. IP address must be from the IP subnet bridged by the bridge group.
Examples
The following example sets IP address of bridge group 1 to 192.168.0.1:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 ip-addr 192.168.0.1Related Commands
bridge-group loop-protection
To enable loop protection for a selected bridge group, enter the bridge-group loop-protection command in global configuration mode. To disable loop protection for a bridge group, use the no form of this command. Currently only one method of loop protection is supported.
bridge-group bridgegroupID loop-protection one
no bridge-group bridgegroupID loop-protection
Syntax Description
bridgegroupID
Bridge group ID to enable or disable loop protection.
one
Specifies the only method of loop protection currently supported.
Defaults
On a new bridge group the loop protection is disabled
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example enables loop protection for bridge group 1:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 loop-protection oneRelated Commands
bridge-group multicast
To enable multicast forwarding for a selected bridge group, enter the bridge-group multicast command in global configuration mode. To disable multicast forwarding for a bridge group, use the no form of this command.
bridge-group bridgegroupID multicast
no bridge-group bridgegroupID multicast
Syntax Description
Defaults
On a new bridge group the multicast forwarding is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example enables multicast forwarding for bridge group 1:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 multicastRelated Commands
bridge-group name
To set the name for a selected bridge group, enter the bridge-group name command in global configuration mode.
bridge-group bridgegroupID name bridge-name
Syntax Description
Defaults
On a new bridge group the name is not assigned.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example sets the name of bridge group 1 to Bridge-1:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 name Bridge-1Related Commands
bridge-group redundancy-group
To assign a selected bridge group to a redundancy group, enter the bridge-group redundancy-group command in global configuration mode. To remove a bridge group from a redundancy group, use the no form of this command.
bridge-group bridgegroupID redundancy-group redundancygroupID
no bridge-group bridgegroupID redundancy-group
Syntax Description
bridgegroupID
Bridge group ID to be assigned to a redundancy group.
redundancygroupID
Redundancy group ID to which the bridge group is to be assigned.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
The bridge group must have Ethernet and InfiniBand ports configured before this command can be used.
Examples
The following example assigns bridge group 1 to redundancy group 1:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 redundancy-group 1Related Commands
show bridge-group
show redundancy-group
interfacebridge-group subnet-prefix
To configure an IPv4 subnet for bridging by a bridge group, enter the bridge-group subnet-prefix command in global configuration mode. To remove an IPv4 subnet from a bridge group, use the no form of this command. Up to 8 IPv4 subnets per bridge group are supported.
bridge-group bridgegroupID subnet-prefix subnet prefix-length
no bridge-group bridgegroupID subnet-prefix subnet prefix-length
Syntax Description
bridgegroupID
Bridge group ID to create or remove.
subnet
IPv4 subnet prefix.
prefix-length
IPv4 subnet prefix length.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
If the subnet prefix is not configured, the bridge group forwards only in the local IP subnet. The hosts from the corresponding IP subnet cannot reach remote IP subnets.
Examples
The following example configures bridge group 1 to bridge 10.0.0.0 subnet:
SFS-3012(config)# bridge-group 1 subnet-prefix 10.0.0.0 8Related Commands
broadcast
To send text messages to all other CLI users, enter the broadcast command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
broadcast message
Syntax Description
message
Message to broadcast. This message may consist of one or more words and may include any alphanumeric character or symbol (except for quotation marks).
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Multi-word messages must begin and end with quotation marks (","). Single-word messages do not require quotation marks.
You can broadcast a message to warn other CLI users about events that may impact their sessions, such as a network outage or major configuration change. A broadcast message appears on every active CLI session on the server switch, including the user who sends the message.
Examples
The following example prints "FC card 5 going down in 10 minutes" to the terminal screens of all users on the server switch:
SFS-3001# broadcast "FC card 5 going down in 10 minutes."Related CommandsRelated Commands:
card
To enter card configuration submode, enter the card command in global configuration mode.
card {slot-list | all | digit | digit,digit | digit-digit}
Syntax Description
slot-list
Card, list of cards, or range of cards to configure.
all
Configures all cards in the chassis.
digit | digit,digit
Specifies the slot numbers for cards you want to configure in the chassis.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Card-specific read-write user
Enter card configuration submode to enable, disable, configure, and reinitialize cards in your server switch.
Examples
The following example enters card configuration submode for all cards on the server switch. Any commands that execute in this mode apply to all of the cards in the chassis.
SFS-7008P(config)# card allSFS-7008P(config-card-1,6,11,15-16)#Related Commands
delete
install
show card
show card-inventory
shutdowncdp holdtime
To set the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) transmission holdtime, enter the cdp holdtime command in global configuration mode.
cdp holdtime seconds
Syntax Description
Defaults
The default value of holdtime is 180 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
CDP packets are sent with a time to live, or hold time, value. The receiving device will discard the CDP information in the CDP packet after the hold time has elapsed. You can set the hold time lower than the default setting of 180 seconds if you want the receiving devices to update their CDP information more rapidly. The CDP hold time must be set to a higher number of seconds than the time between CDP transmissions, which is set using the cdp timer command.
Examples
The following example sets the CDP holdtime:
SFS-7000P(config)# cdp holdtime 120Related Commands
cdp run
cdp timer
show cdp
show cdp entry
show cdp neighbors
show clockcdp run
To enable Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), use the cdp run command in global configuration mode. To disable CDP, use the no form of this command. The cdp run command enables the chassis to send advertisements to other network devices. The CDP protocol is always on, so it listens to advertisements from other devices even after completing the no version of the command.
cdp run
no cdp run
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Disabled
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
CDP is enabled by default, which means the Cisco IOS software will receive CDP information. CDP also is enabled on supported interfaces by default. To disable CDP on an interface, use the no cdp run interface configuration command.
Each device configured for CDP sends periodic messages, known as advertisements, to a multicast address. Each device advertises at least one address at which it can receive SNMP messages. The advertisements also contain time-to-live, or holdtime information, which indicates the length of time a receiving device should hold CDP information before discarding it. Each device also listens to the periodic CDP messages sent by others to learn about neighboring devices and determine when their interfaces to the media go up or down.
CDP Version 2 is the most recent release of the protocol. With CDP Version-2, detailed information is provided on the VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) management domain and duplex modes of neighbor devices, CDP-related counters, and VLAN IDs of connecting ports. This information can help the Ethernet gateway configuration. CDP is run on server switches over management-Ethernet interfaces. CDP Version 2 has three additional type-length values (TLVs): VTP Management Domain Name, Native VLAN, and full/half-Duplex.
Note
Examples
The following example starts CDP advertising on your chassis:
SFS-7000P(config)# cdp runThe following example starts CDP advertising on your chassis and specifies the CDP timer interval:
SFS-7000P# configureSFS-7000P(config)# cdp runSFS-7000P(config)# cdp timer 10Related Commands
cdp holdtime
cdp timer
show cdp
show cdp entry
show cdp neighborscdp timer
To specify how often Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) updates are sent, use the cdp timer command in global configuration mode. To revert to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
cdp timer seconds
no cdp timer
Syntax Description
Defaults
60 seconds
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
The trade-off with sending more frequent CDP updates to provide up-to-date information is that bandwidth is used more often.
Examples
The following example sets the CDP timer:
SFS-7000P(config)# cdp timer 120Related Commands
cdp holdtime
cdp run
show cdp
show cdp entry
show cdp neighborsclear counters
To clear the counters associated with a given InfiniBand port or range of ports, use the clear counters command in privileged EXEC mode.
clear counters ib [port-selection | all]
Syntax Description
ib
Specifies IB ports to have counters cleared.
port-selection
Identifies the IB port or range of IB ports to have counters cleared.
all
Clears counters for all IB ports on the chassis.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
This command resets all counters displayed by the show interface ib port-selection statistics command. The counters are listed and described in Table 3-2.
Examples
The following example clears the counters on ports 6, 7 and 8 of the InfiniBand module in slot 3:
SFS-7008P# clear counters ib 3/6-3/8Related Commands
clock set
To manually configure the time and date of the on-board server switch clock, enter the clock set command in privileged EXEC mode.
clock set hh:mm:ss dd mm yy
Syntax Description
hh
Hour to assign.
mm
Minute to assign.
ss
Second to assign.
dd
Day to assign.
mm
Month to assign.
yy
Year to assign.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Your server switch uses one of the following means to maintain system time:
•
•
When you first power on your server switch, factory-default system clock settings run. To ensure accurate synchronization, we recommend that you use an external NTP server, as it will synchronize log dates with other management systems. To configure NTP servers, refer to the "ntp" section.
Examples
The following example sets the clock time to 7:22 PM and 10 seconds on the 25th of May, 2015:
SFS-7000P# clock set 19:22:10 25 05 15Related Commands
clock summer-time
To set daylight savings time on your server switch, use the clock summer-time command in global configuration mode. After entering this command, daylight savings time is displayed in, for example, the output of the show clock command and in message logs for the period for which it is configured.
To undo the daylight savings time configuration and revert to use the configured standard local time, use the no form of this command.
Note
clock summer-time summertime-name start-month start-date start-year start-hour:start-minute
end-month end-date end-year end-hour:end-minute offsetno clock summer-time
Syntax Description
Defaults
By default, daylight savings time is not enforced.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R.
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
The local time zone should be set on your server switch using the clock itemizing command before applying daylight savings time.
The timestamp of syslog messages is adjusted when daylight savings time is configured.
Examples
The following example sets Pacific Daylight Time to start at 2:00 a.m. on March 11, 2007, and to end at 2:00 a.m. on November 8, 2007.
SFS-3012(config)# clock summer-time PDT 3 11 2007 2:00 11 8 2007 2:00 60Related Commands
clock timezone
clock set
show clockclock timezone
To define and set the time zone for the server switch, enter the clock timezone command in global configuration mode. Once a time zone is set, the time is displayed in local time in, for example, the output of the show clock command and in message logs. To reset the time zone back to the default Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), use the no form of this command.
Note
clock timezone timezone-name hours minutes
no clock timezone
Syntax Description
timezone-name
Specifies the time zone name that appears in displays.
hours-offset
Number of hours offset from UTC.
minutes-offset
Number of additional minutes offset from UTC.
Defaults
The time zone for the server switch is UTC by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R.
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
The timestamp of a syslog message is adjusted when a time zone is configured.
Examples
The following command sets the time zone to Pacific Standard Time:
SFS-3012(config)# clock timezone PST 8 0Related Commands
clock summer-time
clock set
show clockconfigure terminal
To enter global configuration mode, enter the configure terminal command in privileged EXEC mode.
configure terminal
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
Use the configure terminal command to enter global configuration mode. From this mode, you can configure gateway and switch cards, subnet management, IP addressing, and various aspects of your server switch.
Examples
The following example enters global configuration mode:
SFS-7000P# configure terminalSFS-7000P(config)#Related Commands
copy
Use the copy command in privileged EXEC mode to perform the following operations:
•
•
•
To download a file from an FTP server, use this syntax:
copy ftp://user-id:password@host[/path]/file-name [slot-number:]file-system[:file-name]
To securely transfer files from a remote server to the chassis, use this syntax:
copy scp://user-id:password@host[/path]/file-name [slot-number:]file-system[:file-name]
To download a file from a remote TFTP server, use this syntax:
copy tftp://remote-system[/path]/file-name [slot-number:]file-system[:file-name]
To uploads a file to an FTP server, use this syntax:
copy {[slot-number:]file-system:file-name | startup-config | running-config} ftp://user-id:password@host[/path]/[file-name]
To save the running configuration as the startup configuration, use this syntax:
copy running-config startup-config
To execute a configuration file without a system reboot, use this syntax:
copy [slot-number:]file-system:file-name running-config
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Use the copy command to save a running configuration as a boot-up configuration, to download image files to install, or to upload configurations that you want to propagate to other server switches. The copy command copies image data, configuration data, and log data locally as well as onto and off of the system chassis.
Note
The copy command can also copy the contents of a configuration file.
Note
You may download image and configuration files from an FTP server to the system chassis. You may also upload log and configuration files from the system chassis to an FTP server.
Download image files to your server switch to upgrade system firmware. Download configuration files to quickly replicate a desired configuration. Upload configuration and log files to maintain back-up files and to troubleshoot your server switch.
Image files require additional processing. Your server switch can run an image only after you install the image file. For more information about how to install an image, see install.
Note
After you download a configuration file to your server switch, you can use the boot-config command to configure your server switch to load that configuration when you reboot the server switch.
The copy command recognizes Ctrl-C as a command to terminate a file transfer. Use Ctrl-C to cancel a transfer if the network hangs.
Note
Examples
The following example downloads an image file from a remote host to the server switch:
SFS-7000P# copy ftp://bob:mypassword@10.0.0.5/SFS-7000P-sfsOS-2.3.0-build497.img image:SFS-7000P-2.3.0-build497.imgsfsOS-2.3.0-build497.imgoperation completed successfullyThe following example saves the running configuration as the startup configuration so the current configuration executes when the server switch reboots:
SFS-7000P# copy running-config startup-configoperation completed successfullyThe following example copies the startup configuration image from the controller card in slot 1 on a Cisco SFS 3012R to the controller card in slot 14:
SFS-3012R# copy 1:config:startup-config 14:config:save.cfg** operation completed successfullyRelated Commands
action
boot-config
delete
dir
exec
ftp-server enable
history
install
show boot-configdata-pattern
To specify a data pattern when you run a diagnostic test on an interface, enter the data-pattern command in interface diagnostic configuration submode. To clear the data pattern, use the no form of this command.
data-pattern pattern
no data-pattern pattern
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Interface diagnostic configuration (config-diag-if) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
Examples
The following example configures the data pattern that runs during a diagnostic test:
SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-fc-4/1)# data pattern 11:22:33:44Related Commands
test
diagnostic
start
stop
show interface ethernet
show interface fc
show interface ibdata-size
Configure the data size property of your test to customize the size of packets, frames, or IB packets that your server switch uses for your test. To configure the payload size of an interface, enter the data-size command in interface diagnostic configuration submode. To clear the data size, use the no form of this command.
data-size size
no data-size size
Syntax DescriptionConfiguration submode. To clear the data size, use the no form of this command.
Data size defaults to 4 octets.
Command Modes
Interface diagnostic configuration submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
Examples
The following example configures the payload size for a diagnostic test:
SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-fc-4/1)# data size 8Related Commands
diagnostic
show interface ethernet
show interface fc
show interface gateway
start
stop
testdelete
To remove image files, configuration files, or log files from your server switch, enter the delete command in privileged EXEC mode.
delete [slot-number:]file-system:file
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
You cannot delete an active image. The following images are considered active:
•
•
Examples
The following example deletes the delete-me.cfg file from the controller card in slot 1 of a Cisco SFS 3012R:
SFS-3012R# delete 1:config:delete-me.cfgDelete file 1:delete-me.cfg? [yes(default) | no] yes******The following example deletes an image file from the controller card in slot 14 of a Cisco SFS 3012R:
SFS-3012# delete 14:image:sfs360-sfsOS-2.0.0-build488.imgDelete file 14:sfs360-sfsOS-2.0.0-build488.img? [yes(default) | no] yes******Related Commands
diagnostic
To enter diagnostic configuration submode, enter the diagnostic command in global configuration mode.
diagnostic {card {card-selection | all} | chassis | interface {fc | ib | ethernet} {interface-selection
| all} | fan {fan-number | all} | power-supply {supply | all} }
Note
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
Note
Privilege Level:
Read-write user for the appropriate technology.
Examples
The following example enters diagnostic configuration submode for Ethernet port 2/1:
SFS-3012R(config)# diagnostic interface ethernet 2/1SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-ether-2/1)#Related Commands
show diagnostic
show card
start
stop
testdir
To list the configuration files, log files, and system image files on your server switch, enter the dir command in privileged EXEC mode.
dir [slot-number:]{config | image | syslog}
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Use this command to list the files on your server switch. This command requires one of three arguments: config, image, or syslog. Files reside on the server switch in separate file systems. The CLI automatically tracks these file systems, so you do not need to include file-path information to administer these files.
Use the dir command with the image keyword to see the installed image directories on your server switch.
On the Cisco SFS 3012R, use the slot-number variable to view files on the controller card in slot 1 or slot 14. The dir command lists the files of the active controller by default.
Examples
The following example displays the configuration files on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# dir config============================================================================Existing Configurations on System============================================================================slot date-created size file-name----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 Thu Oct 24 11:21:06 2002 58 check.cfg1 Thu Dec 5 14:50:09 2002 39216 check2.cfg1 Wed Dec 11 09:09:54 2002 1712 config_bc.cfg1 Thu Dec 5 11:18:21 2002 1712 running_config.cfg1 Wed Dec 4 07:10:23 2002 4407 running_config.cfg.backup1 Thu Dec 5 12:04:53 2002 1712 running_config2.cfg1 Thu Oct 24 11:19:53 2002 58 test.cfgSFS-7000P#The following example displays installed system images and image files on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# dir image===============================================================Existing Boot-Images on System===============================================================slot date-created size file-name----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 Thu Jun 1 11:16:50 2003 23691613 TopspinOS-1.1.3-build548.img1 Wed Jul 11 00:56:52 2002 1024 TopspinOS-1.1.3/build5411 Thu Jul 1 00:10:40 2003 1024 TopspinOS-1.1.3/build548SFS-7000P#The following example displays the log files in the syslog directory on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# dir syslog============================================================================Existing Syslog-files on System============================================================================slot date-created size file-name----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 Thu Jun 12 12:13:06 2002 19636 ts_log1 Wed Jun 11 13:28:54 2002 4978 ts_log.1.gz1 Tue Jun 10 04:02:02 2002 30 ts_log.2.gz1 Mon Jun 9 04:02:02 2002 30 ts_log.3.gz1 Sun Jul 8 04:02:02 2002 30 ts_log.4.gz1 Sat Jul 7 04:02:02 2002 30 ts_log.5.gz1 Fri Jul 6 17:20:35 2002 16264 ts_log.6.gz1 Thu Jul 5 15:14:57 2002 245 ts_log.7.gzSFS-7000P#The following example displays the files in the image directory on the controller in slot 14 of a Cisco SFS 3012R:
SFS-3012R# dir 14:image================================================================================Existing Boot-Images on System================================================================================slot date-created size file-name--------------------------------------------------------------------------------14 Thu Mar 18 14:59:06 2004 0 TopspinOS-2.0.0/build488Related Commands
boot-config
copy
delete
install
moredisable (privileged EXEC mode)
To exit privileged EXEC mode and return to user EXEC mode, enter the disable command in privileged EXEC mode.
disable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Examples
The following example exits privileged EXEC mode and enters user EXEC mode:
SFS-7000P# disableSFS-7000P>Related Commands
disable (trunk interface configuration submode)
To disable a trunk group, enter the disable command in trunk interface configuration submode.
disable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Trunk interface configuration (config-if-trunk) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Examples
The following example disables a trunk group:
SFS-3012R(config-if-trunk)# disableRelated Commands
enable (trunk interface configuration submode)
show interface ethernetdistribution-type
To configure the type of load distribution that your Ethernet gateway uses to communicate with a Link Aggregation-aware switch, enter the distribution-type command in trunk interface configuration submode.
distribution-type {dist-ip | dst-mac | src-dst-ip | src-dst-mac | src-ip | src-mac | round-robin}
Syntax Description
Defaults
The distribution-type defaults to src-mac.
Command Modes
Trunk interface configuration (config-if-trunk) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
You must configure a distribution type to bridge to a load aggregation-aware Ethernet switch. Contact your administrator to discover if a switch is load aggregation-aware.
Examples
The following example configures src-mac distribution for the trunk interface:
SFS-3012R# interface trunk 1SFS-3012R(config-if-trunk)# distribution-type src-macRelated Commands
enable (user EXEC mode)
To enter privileged EXEC mode from user EXEC mode, enter the enable command in user EXEC mode.
enable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Enter the enable command in user EXEC mode to make administrative configuration changes to your server switch.
Examples
The following example enters privileged EXEC mode from user EXEC mode:
SFS-7000P> enableSFS-7000P#Related Commands
disable (privileged EXEC mode)
exitenable (trunk interface configuration submode)
To enable a trunk group, enter the enable command in trunk interface configuration submode.
enable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Trunk interface configuration (config-if-trunk) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Enter the enable command in trunk interface configuration submode to activate a trunk group.
Examples
The following example enables a new trunk group:
SFS-7000P(config-if-trunk)# enableRelated Commands
disable (trunk interface configuration submode)
exec
To execute a file in the config file system on your server switch, enter the exec command in privileged EXEC mode.
exec file-name
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
You can create command files on a management workstation and copy them to config file system on the switch using copy command. Then you can execute these files with exec command. Use the save-log command to save the latest commands that you have executed in the CLI to a file, then copy the file to the management station and use it as an example. See the save-log and copy commands for further details.
Note
Examples
The following example executes the test.cfg file in the config file system on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# exec test.cfgRelated Commands
exit
To exit your current CLI mode and return to the previous mode, enter the exit command in any mode.
exit [all]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
All modes.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
All users.
The exit command performs different functions in different modes.
Examples
The following example exits card configuration submode and enters user EXEC mode:
SFS-7000P(config-card-1,2)# exit allSFS-7000P>Related Commands
enable (user EXEC mode)
login
logoutfc srp initiator
To create or modify an initiator—normally a SAN-attached host but in IB terms a SRP host combined with a server switch—to communicate with a Fibre Channel SAN across a Fibre Channel gateway on your server switch, enter the fc srp initiator command in global configuration mode. To delete an initiator, its WWPNs, initiator target pairs (ITs) associated with the deleted initiator, and initiator-target-LUNs associated with the deleted initiator, use the no form of this command.
fc srp initiator guid extension {auto-bind | {bootup | alt-bootup } target target-wwpn lu logical-unit | description descr | discover-itl | pkey pkey-value | wwnn wwnn-value}
no fc srp initiator guid extension [description]
Syntax Description
Defaults
By default, no P_keys apply to initiators. By default, global policies apply to initiators. Configure global policies with fc srp-global commands.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user, Fibre Channel read-write user
Configure initiators so SRP hosts can communicate with SANs.
Note
Creating SRP Initiators
Before you can customize initiators, you must create the initiators and assign, or bind, a WWNN (an identifier that FC devices recognize) to each initiator so that Fibre Channel devices can communicate with initiators. You can create an initiator entry with either the auto-bind keyword or the wwnn keyword. Once you identify a host as an initiator, you can customize the initiator with the remaining keywords.
•
Each physical port on the Fibre Channel gateway supports 256 ports to form a virtual Fibre Channel arbitrated loop.
•
Note
Removing an alternate boot target and LU
To remove an alternate boot target and LU, use the alt-boot keyword with the target-wwpn and logical-unit set to 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00,
Examples
The following example adds an initiator to the running configuration and automatically configures the WWNN of the initiator and the WWPNs of the virtual ports that point to the initiator from the physical FC gateway ports:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp initiator 00:00:2C:90:01:1b:b7:50 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 auto-bindThe following example assigns the description InfiniBand Host to an existing initiator. The name now appears in the show fc srp initiator command output:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp initiator 00:00:2C:90:01:1b:b7:50 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 description "InfiniBand Host"The following example discovers all potential initiator-target-LUN (ITL) combinations that your server switch can support and adds them to the running configuration. To view the results of this command, enter the show fc srp itl command:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp initiator 00:00:2C:90:01:1b:b7:50 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 discover-itlThe following example configures a primary target and LUN for the SRP host to boot from and an alternate boot target and LUN in case the primary boot LUN is unavailable:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp initiator 00:00:00:fd:00:00:34:ad 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 bootup target 00:00:3f:00:00:00:00:02 lu 00:00:00:14:00:00:00:00SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp initiator 00:00:00:fd:00:00:34:ad 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 alt-bootup target 00:00:3f:00:00:00:00:05 lu 00:00:00:15:00:00:00:00The following example removes the alternate boot target and LUN:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp initiator 00:00:00:fd:00:00:34:ad 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 alt-bootup target 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 lu 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00Related Commands
fc srp-global lun-policy restricted
show fc srp initiatorfc srp initiator-wwpn
To manually create, on a physical FC gateway port, a virtual port that points to an initiator, enter the fc srp initiator-wwpn command in global configuration mode.
fc srp initiator-wwpn guid extension slot#/port# wwpn
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user or Fibre Channel read-write user.
Configure WWPNs for initiators so that FC devices can recognize them and communicate with them. With virtual ports (NL_ports), physical FC ports can point to multiple initiators, and multiple ports can point to the same initiator. For instance, if you have Initiators X and Y and Physical FC Ports A and B, you can create the following virtual ports:
•
•
•
•
As you can see, in this way, multiple virtual ports can point to one initiator and individual physical ports can support multiple initiators.
When you enter a question mark (?) after the port# variable, the CLI provides a suggested WWPN value.
Note
Examples
The following example uses the online help (?) to find the recommended WWPN value, then configures a virtual port on port 1 on the FC gateway expansion module in slot 7:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp initiator-wwpn 00:00:2c:90:01:1b:b7:50 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 7/1 ?<wwpn> - wwpnSuggested wwpn = 20:03:00:05:ad:70:00:02SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp initiator-wwpn 00:00:2c:90:01:1b:b7:50 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 7/1 20:03:00:05:ad:70:00:02SFS-3012R(config)#Related Commands
fc srp initiator
show fc srp initiatorfc srp it
To configure an initiator-target (IT) pair—a fully-configured link between an initiator and a target storage device port—with your server switch, enter the fc srp it command in global configuration mode. To delete or reconfigure an IT pair entry from the configuration file, use the no form of this command.
fc srp it guid extension wwpn {description "descr" | discover-itl | gateway-portmask-policy {default | test-mode | restricted port-selection}}
no fc srp it guid extension wwpn [test-mode | gateway-portmask-policy restricted port-selection]
Syntax Description
Defaults
By default, this policy denies initiators access to all targets.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user or Fibre Channel read-write user.
The fc srp it command sets policies that control the extent to which the initiator accesses Fibre Channel gateway ports. Use the no form of this command with the gateway-portmask-policy keyword to grant an initiator access to the ports you specify.
Note
Examples
The following example assigns a description of entry to an existing IT:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp it 00:00:2c:90:01:1b:b7:40 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 21:00:00:04:cf:75:6b:3b description "entry"The following examples configure and then reset test mode:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp it 00:02:c9:02:00:40:0e:d4 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 21:00:00:04:cf:86:a0:1f test-modeSFS-3012R(config)# no fc srp it 00:02:c9:02:00:40:0e:d4 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 21:00:00:04:cf:86:a0:1f test-modeSFS-3012R(config)#Related Commands
fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted
show fc srp it
show interface fcfc srp itl
To configure an initiator-target-LUN (ITL) group—a fully-configured link between an initiator and Fibre Channel storage—on your server switch, enter the fc srp itl command in global configuration mode. To delete an ITL entry or reset the description of an ITL to an empty string, use the no form of this command.
Note
fc srp itl guid extension wwpn LUN {description "descr" |
dynamic-gateway-port-failover [default] |
dynamic-gateway-port-loadbalancing [default] | dynamic-path-affinity [default] | gateway-portmask-policy {default | restricted {port-selection | all}} |
io-hi-mark mark [default] | lun-policy {default | restricted} | max-retry retry [default] | min-io-timeout timeout [default] | srp-lunid lunid logical-id logical-id}no fc srp itl guid extension wwpn LUN {description | dynamic-gateway-port-failover | dynamic-gateway-port-loadbalancing | dynamic-path-affinity | gateway-portmask-policy restricted port-selection | io-hi-mark | lun-policy restricted | max-retry | min-io-timeout}
Syntax Description
guid
Global unique identifier (GUID) of the initiator.
extension
GUID extension of the initiator.
wwpn
World-wide port name (WWPN) of the target port of the FC storage device.
LUN
FC LUN ID of the FC storage disk.
description
Assigns a text description to the ITL.
descr
Alphanumeric description (up to 50 characters) to assign to the initiator-target-LUN.
dynamic-gateway-
port-failoverThe fc srp itl command no longer supports this syntax.
Note
default
(Optional) Sets an attribute to its global default value.
dynamic-gateway-
port-loadbalancingThe fc srp itl command no longer supports this syntax.
Note
dynamic-path-
affinityThe fc srp itl command no longer supports this syntax.
Note
gateway-portmask-
policyDefines the port restrictions that apply to the initiator for that ITL.
restricted
Denies the initiator access to select ports or LUNs for the ITL. Grants the initiator access to select ports or LUNs when you use the no keyword.
port-selection
Port, list of ports, or range of ports that the initiator can or cannot access for the ITL.
all
Specifies all ports.
lun-policy
Permits the initiator to access the LUN or denies the initiator access to the LUN.
io-hi-mark
The fc srp itl command no longer supports this syntax.
Note
mark
The fc srp itl command no longer supports this syntax.
Note
max-retry
The fc srp itl command no longer supports this syntax.
Note
retry
The fc srp itl command no longer supports this syntax.
Note
min-io-timeout
The fc srp itl command no longer supports this syntax.
Note
timeout
The fc srp itl command no longer supports this syntax. This syntax appears for legacy purposes.
srp-lunid
Specifies a LUN ID called the SRP LUN ID to which you map an existing FC LUN ID. Essentially, this keyword creates an alias LUN ID.
lunid
SRP LUN ID that maps to an existing FC LUN ID. This value appears in the srp-lunid field of the show fc srp itl command output.
logical-id
Specifies the FC LUN ID to map to the SRP LUN ID.
logical-id
Complete Logical ID (entered without colons, as per the example below) of the LU that maps to the user-created SRP LUN ID. This value appears in the fc-lunid field of the show fc srp itl command output.
Defaults
Default values and behaviors appear in the Syntax Description and Table 3-4.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user or Fibre Channel read-write user.
The fc srp itl command configures new ITLs and sets policies to control access that the SCSI RDMA Protocol (SRP) initiator has to the Fibre Channel storage devices on a per-LUN basis. An "initiator-target-lun" (ITL) identifies a fully-configured link between an initiator and storage.
When an ITL entry is created, the gateway-portmask-policy setting is independent of its IT entry. You can change the setting on a per ITL basis. However, a port is accessible for an ITL only when the port is accessible for both the IT and ITL entries.
The port list specified in this command creates an accumulative effect to the actual gateway-portmask-policy. For example, if your current mask is 2/1 and 2/2, after you enter the config fc srp itl gateway-portmask-policy restricted 2/1 command, the result of the mask for this ITL would be 2/2. The same effect applies to the no-command for gateway-portmask-policy.
We recommend that you create ITLs with the discover-itl keyword in the CLI or the Discover LUNs button in Element Manager.
:
Examples
This example denies the initiator access to port 1 of Fibre Channel interface card 6 for this ITL:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp itl 00:00:2c:90:01:1b:b7:40 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 21:00:00:04:cf:75:6b:3b 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 gateway-portmask-policy restricted 6/1The following example creates a SRP LUN and maps a LU to it:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp itl 00:02:c9:01:07:fc:64:a0 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 21:00:00:04:cf:fb:8c:87 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 srp-lunid 01:01:01:01:01:01:01:01 logical-id 0103000820000004cffb8c8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000Related Commands
fc srp lu
fc srp target
show fc srp-global
show fc srp initiator
show fc srp it
show fc srp itl
show fc srp lufc srp lu
To configure a logical unit, enter the fc srp lu command in global configuration mode. To delete a logical unit or to set a LU attribute to the factory default value, use the no form of this command.
fc srp lu logical-id {description "descr" | device-category {random target wwpn | sequential target wwpn} | dynamic-gateway-port-failover [default] | dynamic-gateway-port-loadbalancing [default] | dynamic-path-affinity [default] | io-hi-mark mark [default] | max-retry retry [default] | min-io-timeout timeout [default] | target wwpn}
no fc srp lu logical-id {dynamic-gateway-port-failover | dynamic-gateway-port-loadbalancing | dynamic-path-affinity | target}
Syntax Description
Defaults
Refer to the Syntax Description for default behavior and values.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user or Fibre Channel read-write user.
Use the fc srp lu command to configure LU attributes.
We recommend that you do not manually create LUs. We recommend that you let your gateway card(s) detect LUs. The gateway card automatically creates LU entries when it discovers LUs.
For the following settings, the LU entry gets the default from srp-global settings at entry creation time depending on the LU category.
Once a LU entry is created, the LU settings are independent of the srp-global. You can change the settings on a per LU basis using this command.
Table 3-5 provides usage guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example assigns a name to more easily identify the logical unit:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp lu 0103000820000004cf86a01f000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000000000 description "my-LUN"Related Commands
fc srp itl
show fc srp initiator
show interface fc
show fc srp-global
show fc srp lufc srp target
To configure targets, enter the fc srp target command in global configuration mode. To delete a target from the running configuration, use the no form of this command.
fc srp target wwpn {description desc | ioc-guid guid}
no fc srp target wwpn [description | service-name]
Syntax Description
Defaults
The service name serves as the default target name.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user or Fibre Channel read-write user.
Use the fc srp target command to configure target attributes.
We recommend that you allow your gateway cards to detect targets. We recommend that you let your gateway card(s) detect targets. A gateway card automatically creates FC-SRP target entries when it discovers targets.
Examples
The following example assigns a name to identify the target easily:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp target 21:00:00:04:cf:75:6b:3b description jumbalyaRelated Commands
fc srp itl
show interface fc
show fc srp initiatorfc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted
To deny new initiators port access to FC gateway ports, enter the fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted command in global configuration mode. To grant port access to new initiators, enter the no form of this command.
fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted
no fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Restricted
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user or Fibre Channel read-write user.
Apply the default policy to new ITs and ITLs to restrict access so new SRP initiators do not use the Fibre Channel gateway or see the Fibre Channel fabric. If you do not restrict access, new SRP initiators can communicate through the FC gateway ports. You can modify access policies on an individual basis with the fc srp itl command.
Note
Examples
The following example denies port access to all new ITLs:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restrictedRelated Commands
show fc srp initiator
show interface fcfc srp-global itl
To configure the default attributes that your server switch assigns to all new ITLs, enter the fc srp-global itl command in global configuration mode. To configure any attribute to an empty string or disable an attribute, use the no form of this command.
fc srp-global itl [sequential] {dynamic-gateway-port-failover | dynamic-gateway-port-loadbalancing | dynamic-path-affinity | io-hi-mark mark | max-retry retry | min-io-timeout timeout}
no fc srp-global itl [sequential] {dynamic-gateway-port-failover | dynamic-gateway-port-loadbalancing | dynamic-path-affinity | io-hi-mark | max-retry | min-io-timeout}
Syntax Description
Defaults
By default, the fc srp-global itl command configures ITLs for random (non-sequential) targets. For additional default values, see Table 3-6.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user or Fibre Channel read-write user.
Table 3-6 provides usage guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example sets the I/O high mark of the ITL to 32:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp itl 00:05:ad:00:00:01:29:c5 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 21:00:00:04:cf:f6:c2:ab 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 io-hi-mark 32Related Commands
show interface fc
show fc srp-globalfc srp-global lun-policy restricted
Enable LUN masking on all new ITs and ITLs, with the fc srp-global lun-policy restricted command in global configuration mode. Disable default LUN masking with the no form of the command.
fc srp-global lun-policy restricted
no fc srp-global lun-policy restricted
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user or Fibre Channel read-write user.
Enable global LUN masking to deny LUN access to new initiators so that they cannot communicate with SAN nodes until you grant them access on an individual basis. Disable LUN masking to grant new ITLs immediate access to all LUNs.
Note
Note
Examples
The following example denies all new initiators access to all LUNs:
SFS-3012R(config)# fc srp-global lun-policy restrictedDefaults
Restricted.
Related Commands
authentication
radius-server
fc srp it
fc srp itl
fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted
show fc srp-globalftp-server enable
To enable the FTP server on your server switch, enter the ftp-server enable command in global configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
ftp-server enable
no ftp-server enable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
By default, FTP server is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
All users.
The FTP server feature provides read-only access to the file systems on the server switch and complements the copy command. Use a FTP client on a management workstation to connect to the server using FTP protocol. You can download log files, configuration files or image files.
Examples
The following example disables FTP services on the server switch:
SFS-7000P(config)# no ftp-server enableRelated Commands
show system-services
copy
telnetgateway
To assign a default IP gateway to
•
•
enter the gateway command in the appropriate interface configuration mode. To disassociate a port from a gateway, use the no form of this command.
gateway gateway
no gateway
Syntax Description
Defaults
The gateway address defaults to 0.0.0.0.
Command Modes
Ethernet management interface configuration (config-if-mgmt-ethernet) submode, InfiniBand Management interface configuration (config-if-mgmt-ib) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
The gateway that you assign connects the port to the InfiniBand backplane on your server switch. Enter the IP address of the gateway when you configure the management interfaces.
Examples
The following example assigns a default IP gateway to the Ethernet Management interface:
SFS-7000P(config-if-mgmt-ethernet)# gateway 10.3.0.94The following example assigns a default IP gateway to the InfiniBand Management interface:
SFS-7000P(config-if-mgmt-ib)# gateway 10.3.0.2Related Commands
show interface mgmt-ethernet
show interface mgmt-ib
snmp-serverhalf-duplex
To configure an Ethernet connection in half duplex mode, enter the half-duplex command in Ethernet interface configuration submode. To undo this configuration, use the no form of this command.
half-duplex
no half-duplex
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Your server switch runs in full duplex mode by default.
Command Modes
Ethernet interface configuration (config-if-ether) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
If you disable auto-negotiation, set speed and duplex mode with the half-duplex command and the speed (Ethernet interface configuration submode) command.
You cannot manually configure half duplex mode while auto-negotiation runs on your server switch or while the connection speed exceeds 1000 Mbps.
Note
Examples
The example below configures half duplex mode for ports 1 - 4 on slot 4:
SFS-3012R(config-if-ether-4/1-4/4)# half-duplexRelated Commands
auto-negotiate (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
show interface ethernet
speed (Ethernet interface configuration submode)help
To view the help options that the CLI provides, enter the help command in any mode.
help
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
All modes.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
All users.
This command may be executed in any mode. It provides the methods for you to display the various types of available help. The help command provides the same instructions regardless of mode.
Examples
The following example displays help options:
SFS-7008P(config-if-ib-16/1-16/12)# helpHelp may be requested at any point in a command by enteringa question mark '?'. If nothing matches, the help list willbe empty and you must backup until entering a '?' shows theavailable options.Two styles of help are provided:1. Full help is available when you are ready to enter acommand argument (e.g. 'show ?') and describes each possibleargument.2. Partial help is provided when an abbreviated argument is enteredand you want to know what arguments match the input(e.g. 'show pr?'.)SFS-7000P360(config-if-ib-16/1-16/12)#history
To display a list of the commands that you executed during your CLI session, enter the history command in any mode.
history
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The history command stores the last 40 commands that you entered.
Command Modes
All modes.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
All users.
The format of the history output and a configuration file are similar. You can cut and paste the contents of the history output to a text file and, with minor editing, use it as a configuration file.
This global command may be executed in any mode. To display just one screen of history data at a time, configure the terminal display length.
Examples
The following example displays the recent command history:
SFS-7000P(config)# history1 history2 enable3 config4 arp5 boot-conf6 boot-config7 diagn8 interface ib all9 exit10 interface ethernet all11 ip12 historySFS-7000P(config)#Related Commands
hostname
To assign a hostname to your server switch, enter the hostname command in global configuration mode.
hostname name
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
When you enter the hostname command, you apply the new name to the following three areas:
•
•
After you configure the host name, the name that you assigned appears in the show version command output. When you change modes, the new host name will appear in the CLI prompt.
Examples
Note the change in the CLI prompt that occurs in the last line of example output:
SFS-7000P(config)# hostname samplenameSFS-7000P(config)# exitsamplename#Related Commands
ib pm
To configure performance monitoring, enter the ib pm command in global configuration mode.
ib pm subnet-prefix prefix {connection {monitor | reset-counter | test} src-lid source-LID dst-lid destination-LID | polling-period seconds | port {counter | monitor node-guid GUID port-num num | reset-counter [node-guid GUID [port-num num]]}| start-delay delay | state {disable | enable | enable-topspin-switches | enable-all}| threshold {excess-buf-overruns | link-downs | link-recovery-errors | local-link-errors | rcv-constrnt-errors | rcv-errors | rcv-rate | rcv-rem-phy-errors | rcv-sw-relay-errors | symbol-errors | vl15-droppeds | xmit-constrnt-errors | xmit-discards | xmit-rate} int}
Syntax Description
Defaults
Performance monitoring is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-write access
Use performance manager to do the following:
•
•
•
To monitor IB ports for errors, follow these steps:
•
•
•
•
•
Examples
The following example configures a symbol-errors threshold of 3:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 threshold symbol-errors 3The following example configures a link-downs threshold of 1:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 threshold link-downs 1The following example configures a polling period of 60 seconds:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 polling-period 60The following example configures a start delay of 0 seconds:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 start-delay 0The following example starts performance monitoring on all IB ports:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 state enable-allThe following example stops performance monitoring:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 state disableThe following example starts performance monitoring on only the specific connections and ports configured by the user:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 state enableThe following example configures a specific connection from LID 3 to LID 7 to monitor:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 connection monitor src-lid 3 dst-lid 7The following example configures a specific port to monitor:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 port monitor node-guid 00:05:ad:00:00:01:34:e0 port-num 3The following example resets the counters on all ports:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 port reset-counterThe following example resets the counters on a specific port:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 port reset-counter node-guid 00:05:ad:00:00:01:34:e0 port-num 3The following example resets the counters on all ports on the connection from LID 3 to LID 7:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 connection reset-counter src-lid 3 dst-lid 7The following example initiates a connection test from LID 3 to LID 7:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib pm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 connection test src-lid 3 dst-lid 7Related Commands
show ib pm config
show ib pm connection counter
show ib pm connection monitor
show ib pm port counter
show ib pm port monitor
show ib pm thresholdib sm
To administer the subnet manager (SM) on your server switch for everything except multicast, and to create and populate partitions, enter the ib sm command in global configuration mode. To undo configurations and partitions, use the no form of this command. Enter this command without arguments to add a subnet manager with default values.
ib sm subnet-prefix prefix [p_key pkey [partition-member node-guid port-num {full-member | limited-member} | limited-member] [ipoib {enable | disable}] | priority sm-priority [sm-key key | lid-mask-control lmc] | sm-key key | sweep-interval interval | lid-mask-control lmc | master-poll-intval mp-interval | master-poll-retries retries | max-active-sms SMs | ca-link-hoqlife life | sw-link-hoqlife life | switch-life-time life | max-hops integer | mad-retries retries | node-timeout seconds | response-timeout milliseconds | wait-report-response {true | false} | sa-mad-queue-depth size | route-around {chassis-guid guid | node-guid guid [port-num port]}]
no ib sm subnet-prefix prefix [p_key pkey [partition-member node-guid port] | priority | response-timeout | sweep-interval | lid-mask-control | master-poll-intval | master-poll-retries | max-active-sms | route-around {chassis-guid guid | node-guid guid [port-num port]}]
Syntax Description
Defaults
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-write user.
The subnet manager:
•
•
•
•
One subnet manager administers the InfiniBand fabric. All InfiniBand hosts run on this one subnet. The subnet manager loads upon bootup.
Each node in the fabric has a subnet management agent (SMA) to shuttle communication requests between the node and the subnet manager. Communication between the subnet manager and the subnet management agent uses the common management datagram (MAD) message structure.
Multicast, partition, and route-around configuration settings are synchronized between master and standby SMs. If other settings are changed, they must be manually configured at the standby SMs as well.
If, in the future, there is a change in the location of standby SMs, run the command show config to list all of the configuration changes previously made at the master SM. Then replay the configuration changes at the new standby SMs.
Regarding Partitions:
Partitions are created, and then ports are added to those partitions to enforce isolation.
Route-around Considerations
The route-around feature allows specific chassis, nodes, or ports to be excluded from consideration during routing calculations. Uses of this feature include the following:
•
•
Caution
Examples
The following example defines a subnet manager, or redefines the existing subnet manager, with the specified priority, sm-key, response-timeout, and sweep-interval configurations:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib sm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 10 sm-key 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 response-timeout 2000 sweep-interval 10The following example removes a specified subnet manager:
SFS-7000P(config)# no ib sm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00The following example resets the response-timeout value for the specified subnet manager back to its default value:
SFS-7000P(config)# no ib sm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 response-timeoutThe following example creates a partition and adds a member:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib sm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 p_key 00:02 partition-member 00:00:2c:90:01:1a:c8:00 3 full-memberThe following example disables the IPoIB multicast groups on the specified partition:
SFS-7000D(config)# ib sm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 p_key 00:02 ipoib disableThe following example excludes port 5 on a specified node from consideration during route calculations:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib sm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 route-around node-guid 00:00:2c:90:01:1a:c8:00 port-num 5Related Commands
ib-agent
ib sm multicast ipoib
ib sm multicast mgid
ib sm db-sync
show ib sm configuration
show ib sm route-aroundib sm db-sync
To configure the database synchronize feature between the master subnet manager and one or more standby (slave) subnet managers, enter the ib sm db-sync command in global configuration mode. To disable database synchronization features, use the no form of this command.
Note
ib sm db-sync subnet-prefix prefix {enable | max-backup-sms max | session-timeout timeout | poll-interval interval | cold-sync-timeout cs-timeout | cold-sync-limit cs-limit | cold-sync-period cs-period | new-session-delay delay | resync-interval resync}
no ib sm db-sync subnet-prefix prefix {enable | max-backup-sms | session-timeout | poll-interval | cold-sync-timeout | cold-sync-limit | cold-sync-period | new-session-delay | resync-interval}
Syntax Description
Defaults
Databases synchronize by default. Use the disable keyword to prevent synchronizing SM databases. For attribute-specific defaults, refer to the syntax description.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-write access
Synchronize the database of the master subnet manager with one or more standby subnet managers to retain all database information in the event of a failover.
Note
Examples
The following example enables database synchronization on the IB fabric:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib sm db-sync subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 enableRelated Commands
ib sm multicast ipoib
To create or configure an IPoIB broadcast multicast group for a specific partition, enter the ib sm multicast Ipoib command in global configuration mode. To undo IPoIB broadcast multicast configurations, use the no form of this command.
If the multicast group already exists and was not user configured, you can use the ib sm multicast ipoib command to overwrite the configuration to become user configured, on condition that any options you specify do not conflict with those already present in the multicast group.
ib sm subnet-prefix prefix multicast ipoib p_key pkey [mtu MTU-value] [q_key qkey] [rate GBPS] [scope {link-local | site-local | org-local | global}] [sl service-level]
no ib sm subnet-prefix prefix multicast ipoib p_key pkey [scope {link-local | site-local | org-local | global}]
Syntax Description
Defaults
There are no defaults for this command.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-write user.
Examples
The following example creates an IPoIB broadcast multicast group:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib sm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 multicast ipoib p_key 99:99Related Commands
ib sm multicast mgid
ib sm
show ib sm configuration
show ib sm multicastib sm multicast mgid
To create or configure non-IPoIB multicast groups, enter the ib sm multicast mgid command in global configuration mode. To undo non-IPoIB or IPoIB multicast configurations, use the no form of this command.
ib sm subnet-prefix prefix multicast mgid GID-address [mtu MTU-value] [p_key pkey] [q_key qkey] [rate GBPS] [sl service-level]
no ib sm subnet-prefix prefix multicast mgid GID-address
Syntax Description
Defaults
There are no defaults for this command.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-write user.
Examples
The following example creates a non-IPoIB multicast group:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib sm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 multicast mgid ff:02:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:01:01:01Related Commands
ib sm multicast ipoib
ib sm
show ib sm configuration
show ib sm multicastib-agent
To configure subnet management agent (SMA) node strings, enter the ib-agent command in global configuration mode.
ib-agent {channel-adapter HCA-port-guid | switch switch-guid} node-string "string"
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and InfiniBand read-write users.
The ib-agent command allows a user to modify the node description string displayed by the show ib-agent command. By specifying an IB node (either switch or HCA) inside the switch chassis, and providing a string, the user will override the description string for the given node.
Note
Examples
The following example changes the node string of a channel adapter:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib-agent channel-adapter 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:f7 node-string "primary HCA"The following example changes the node string of a switch:
SFS-7000P(config)# ib-agent switch 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:da node-string "Switch 0, LID 2"Related Commands
ib sm
show ib sm configuration
show ib-agent summaryinstall
To install an image file on your server switch, enter the install command in privileged EXEC mode.
install [slot-number:]image:file
Syntax Description
Image files must reside in the image file system, and the file name must have the .img extension.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
To run a new system image, you must follow these steps:
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
The install command places an active image on all cards with an administrative status of up.
To update additional cards, re-enter the install and boot-config commands after you add the cards.
Note
Examples
The following example installs a new image on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# install image:SFS-7000P-sfsOS-2.3.0-build497.img************************** operation completed successfullySFS-7000P#
Note
SFS-7000P# install image:Topspin120-TopspinOS-2.0.0-build572.imgProceed with install? [yes(default) | no] y****************************************Error: This image cannot be used with the Anafa2 chip(s) installed.SFS-7000P#Related Commands
action
boot-config
card
dir
reload
show boot-config
show card
show card-inventory
shutdowninterface
To enter an interface configuration submode, enter the interface command in global configuration mode.
interface {ethernet port | fc port | gateway port | ib port | mgmt-ethernet | mgmt-ib | trunk trunk-ID}
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default values.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Examples
The following example enters Ethernet configuration submode to configure ports 11/2 through 11/4:
SFS-3012R (config)# interface ethernet 11/2-11-4SFS-3012R (config-if-ether-11/2-11/4)#Related Commands
ip address (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
To assign an IP address and subnet mask or backup address to an Ethernet port, enter the ip address command in Ethernet interface configuration submode. To clear this configuration, use the no form of this command.
Note
ip address primary-ip-address subnet-mask
no ip address primary-ip-address subnet-mask
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Ethernet interface configuration (config-if-ether) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
•
•
Examples
The following example assigns the IP address 10.3.0.24 and the subnet mask 255.255.255.0 to Ethernet card 4 port 1:
SFS-3012R(config-if-ether-4/1)# ip address 10.3.0.24 255.255.255.0Related Commands
ip backup-address
show arp ethernet
show ipip address (Ethernet management interface configuration submode)
To assign an IP address to the Ethernet Management Interface port, enter the ip address command in Ethernet management interface submode. To clear this configuration, use the no form of this command.
ip address ip-address subnet-mask [ gateway gateway-ip-address ]
no ip
Syntax Description
Defaults
The Ethernet management port gateway IP address defaults to 0.0.0.0.
Command Modes
Ethernet management interface configuration (config-if-mgmt-ethernet) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example assigns the IP address 10.3.0.24, subnet mask 255.255.255.0, and gateway IP address 172.29.230.1 to the Ethernet management port:
SFS-3012R(config-if-mgmt-ethernet)# ip address 172.29.231.28 255.255.255.0 gateway 172.29.230.1Related Commands
ip address (gateway interface configuration submode)
To assign an IP address and subnet mask or backup address to a gateway interface, enter the ip address command in gateway interface configuration submode. To clear this configuration, use the no form of this command.
Note
ip address primary-ip-address subnet-mask
no ip address primary-ip-address subnet-mask
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Gateway interface configuration submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
•
•
Examples
The following example assigns the IP address 10.3.0.24 and the subnet mask 255.255.255.0 to Ethernet card 4 port 1:
SFS-3012R(config-if-gw-8/2)# ip address 10.3.0.24 255.255.255.0Related Commands
ip backup-address
show arp ethernet
show ipip address (InfiniBand management interface configuration submode)
To assign an IP address to the InfiniBand Management Interface port, enter the ip address command in InfiniBand management interface configuration submode. To clear this configuration, use the no form of this command.
ip address ip-address subnet-mask
no ip
Syntax Description
address
Assigns an IP address to the InfiniBand management port.
ip-address
IP address to assign
subnet-mask
Subnet mask to assign.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
InfiniBand management interface configuration (config-if-mgmt-ib) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example assigns the IP address 10.3.0.24 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0 to the InfiniBand management port:
SFS-3012R(config-if-mgmt-ib)# ip address 10.3.0.24 255.255.255.0Related Commands
ip backup-address
To assign a backup address to an Ethernet port, enter the ip backup-address command in Ethernet interface configuration submode. To clear this configuration, use the no form of this command.
Note
ip backup-address backup-ip-address [priority address-priority]
no ip backup-address ip-address
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Ethernet interface configuration (config-if-ether) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
•
•
Examples
The following example assigns the backup IP address 10.3.0.25 to Ethernet card 4 port 1:
SFS-3012R(config-if-ether-4/1)# ip address 10.3.0.24Related Commands
ip address (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
show arp ethernet
show ipip domain-name
To assign a DNS name to your server switch, use the ip domain name command in global configuration mode. To unassign the DNS name, use the no form of this command.
ip domain-name name-string
no ip domain-name
Syntax Description
Defaults
By default, no DNS name is assigned.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example assigns the domain name shasta to the server switch:
SFS-3012R(config)# ip domain-name "shasta"Related Commands
show host
ip name-server-one
ip name-server-twoip http
To enable or configure HTTP and HTTPS services on your server switch, enter the ip http command in global configuration mode. To disable service or change a port number to the default value, use the no form of this command.
ip http {polling | port number | secure-cert-common-name {useSysName | useMgmtEnetIpAddr | useMgmtIbIpAddr} | secure-port secure-port-number | secure-server | server}
no ip http {polling | port | secure-port | secure-server | server}
Syntax Description
Defaults
The HTTP port value defaults to 80.
HTTP services on your server switch run by default.
The HTTPS port value defaults to 443.
HTTPS services on your server switch run by default.Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Configure the ip http command to run Chassis Manager. For more information, refer to the Chassis Manager User Guide.
Examples
The following example enables the HTTP server on the server switch:
SFS-7000P(config)# ip http serverRelated Commands
show ip http
show ip http server secureip name-server-one
To specify a primary domain name server (DNS), use the ip name-server-one command in global configuration mode. To remove the DNS, use the no form of this command.
ip name-server-one server
no ip name-server-one
Syntax Description
name-server-one
Specifies a primary domain name server (DNS).
server
IP address of the domain name server for your server switch to use.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Assign a DNS name and servers to support network name resolution.
Examples
The following example configures your server switch to use a primary DNS:
SFS-3012R(config)# ip name-server-one 10.3.103.22Related Commands
show host
ip domain-name
ip name-server-twoip name-server-two
To specify a secondary domain name server (DNS), use the ip name-server-two command in global configuration mode. To remove the secondary DNS, use the no form of this command.
ip name-server-two server
no ip name-server-two
Syntax Description
name-server-two
Specifies a secondary domain name server (DNS).
server
IP address of the secondary domain name server for your server switch to use.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Assign a DNS name and servers to support network name resolution.
Examples
The following example configures your server switch to use a secondary DNS:
SFS-3012R(config)# ip name-server-two 10.3.103.23Related Commands
show host
ip domain-name
ip name-server-oneip route
To define static routes to remote hosts or networks for forwarding IP packets, use the ip route command in global configuration mode. To clear a configured static route, use the no form of this command.
ip route dest-address dest-subnet-mask next-hop
no ip route dest-address subnet-mask next-hop}
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Configure IP routes to hosts that reside one or more hops away from your server switch.
Examples
The following example configures a static route on which to forward IP packets:
SFS-3012R(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 10.10.1.0Related Commands
iterations
To specify the number of times to run a diagnostic test on an interface, enter the iterations command in interface diagnostic configuration submode. If you do not specify a specific number of repetitions for a test to run, use the stop command.
iterations repetitions
Syntax Description
Defaults
The iterations value defaults to zero, which causes the test to run until you stop it with the stop command.
Command Modes
Interface diagnostic configuration submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
Examples
The following example configures diagnostic tests to run four times and then stop:
SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-fc-4/1)# iterations 4Related Commands
diagnostic
show interface ethernet
show interface fc
show interface gateway
start
stop
testlink-trap
To configure internal and external ports to generate link-up and link-down SNMP traps when the operating status (oper-status) of the ports changes, enter the link-trap command in the appropriate interface configuration submode. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
link-trap
no link-trap
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
By default, ports do not generate link traps.
Command Modes
All interface configuration submodes.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-write user, Ethernet read-write user.
Ports generate link-up traps when the oper-status of the port changes to up and link-down traps when the oper-status of the port changes to down. Trap receivers (that you define with the snmp-server command) receive the traps. You can then perform link validation and checking with the receivers, or configure SNMP alerts.
Examples
The following example enables link-trap generation for Fibre Channel interface ports 1 and 2 on card 5:
SFS-3012R(config-if-fc-5/1-5/2)# link-trapThe following example enables link-trap generation for InfiniBand interface ports 1 through 5 on card 15. The resulting traps are sent to trap receivers, as defined by the snmp-server command:
SFS-3012R(config-if-ib-15/1-15/5)# link-trapThe following example enables link-trap generation for Ethernet interface port 1 on card 4. The resulting traps are sent to trap receivers, as defined by the snmp-server command:
SFS-3012R(config-if-ether-4/1)# link-trapRelated Commands
auto-negotiate (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
shutdown
show snmp
snmp-serverlocation
To assign a text-based location identifier to your server switch, enter the location command in global configuration mode. To reset the location to an empty string, use the no form of this command.
location "string"
no location
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Use the location command to assign a readable identifier to your server switch. Use the location string to identify support providers, the server switch owner, the server switch itself, or the physical location of the server switch. Display the location with the show location command.
Note
Examples
The following example assigns a location to the server switch:
SFS-7000P(config)# location "515 Ellis Street, Mountain View, CA 94043"Related Commands
snmp-server
show location
show versionlogging
To identify a remote server as a server that accepts log messages from your server switch, enter the logging command or the logging-server command in global configuration mode. To remove logging settings, use the no form of this command.
[No] logging ip-address
[No] logging-server one ip-address
[No] logging-server two ip-address
Syntax Description
ip-address
IP address of the remote syslog server.
one
Identifies a primary logging server.
two
Identifies a secondary logging server.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
All users.
Warnings, errors, notifications, and alerts occur once the system boots successfully. The logging command sends these occurrences to the remote server that you specify.
To configure only one logging server, use either the logging command or the logging-server one command. These commands have the same effect.
Examples
The following example configures the server switch to send log messages to the host with an IP address of 10.3.0.60:
SFS-7000P(config)# logging-server one 10.3.0.60Related Commands
show logging
terminal
snmp-server
show snmplogin
To change user identity during a CLI session, enter the login command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
login userid
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
All users.
The login command allows you to assume the identity of another user without having to exit the CLI. The CLI prompts you for your password.
Note
Note
Examples
In the following example, the user moves from the current login to the super login:
SFS-7000P> login superPassword: xxxxxSFS-7000P>Related Commands
logout
To log out of the current CLI session, enter the logout command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
logout
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
All users.
The logout command ends the current CLI session. If logged in through the serial console port, the CLI login prompt appears. If logged in through a Telnet connection, the Telnet session ends, and you are returned to your operating system.
Examples
The following example logs the user out of the CLI:
SFS-7000P# logoutSFS-7000P#Connection to host lost.Related Commands
more
To view the contents of a text file on your terminal screen, enter the more command in privileged EXEC mode.
more [slot-number:]file-system:file-name
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-write user.
The more command displays text data resident on the chassis in increments determined by the terminal length command. The specified file-system must be appropriate for the file. See also the dir command to list the names of files in the respective file-systems.
Press any key (except the q key) to display the next screen of text lines.
The file-system variable represents the file system that contains the file. The file system variable may be config or syslog. You cannot display image file data or compressed system log files. Only the currently active log file, ts_log, may be viewed.
Examples
The following example displays the contents of the startup configuration file:
SFS-7000D# more config:startup-config! TopspinOS-2.9.0/build127! Wed Sep 27 14:15:22 2006enableconfig terminal!boot-config primary-image-source TopspinOS-2.9.0/build000!!SFS-7000D#
Note
The following example displays the contents of the hwif_log file:
SFS-7000P# more 14:syslog:hwif_logMon Mar 1 00:32:10 2004: card_startup.x : card is starting upMon Mar 1 00:32:26 2004: POST: Tavor: Firmware rev 200000000 matches tavor_fw.A1.200000000.bin: PASSEDMon Mar 1 03:58:49 2004: card_startup.x : card is starting upMon Mar 1 03:59:05 2004: POST: Tavor: Firmware rev 200000000 matches tavor_fw.A1.200000000.bin: PASSEDMon Mar 1 04:01:37 2004: card_startup.x : card is starting upMon Mar 1 04:01:53 2004: POST: Tavor: Firmware rev 200000000 matches tavor_fw.A1.200000000.bin: PASSEDMon Mar 1 04:04:27 2004: card_startup.x : card is starting upMon Mar 1 04:04:43 2004: POST: Tavor: Firmware rev 200000000 matches tavor_fw.A1.200000000.bin: PASSEDMon Mar 1 04:07:10 2004: card_startup.x : card is starting upMon Mar 1 04:07:26 2004: POST: Tavor: Firmware rev 200000000 matches tavor_fw.A1.200000000.bin: PASSEDMon Mar 1 19:27:10 2004: card_startup.x : card is starting upMon Mar 1 19:27:26 2004: POST: Tavor: Firmware rev 200000000 matches tavor_fw.A1.200000000.bin: PASSEDMon Mar 1 19:30:39 2004: card_startup.x : card is starting upMon Mar 1 19:30:55 2004: POST: Tavor: Firmware rev 200000000 matches tavor_fw.A1.200000000.bin: PASSEDMon Mar 1 19:55:33 2004: card_startup.x : card is starting upMon Mar 1 19:55:50 2004: POST: Tavor: Firmware rev 200000000 matches tavor_fw.ARelated Commands
mtu
To configure the maximum transmission unit on the chassis, enter the mtu command in InfiniBand management interface configuration submode.
mtu integer
no mtu
Syntax Description
integer
The largest frame size in bytes that can be transmitted over the physical network. MTUs must match on all connected devices.
Defaults
The IB MTU value defaults to 1500.
Command Modes
InfiniBand management interface configuration (config-if-mgmt-ib) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-write user.
The maximum possible MTU for InfiniBand is higher than the MTU for Ethernet. To smoothly transition traffic through Ethernet gateways, the factory setting of IB MTU matches the maximum Ethernet setting. On an IB-only network, you can set the MTU as high as 2044.
Examples
The following example configures the IB MTU:
SFS-7000(config-if-mgmt-ib)# mtu 1500Related Commands
name
To assign a user-defined name to an interface port, enter the name command in the appropriate interface configuration submode.
name string
Syntax Description
string
Alphanumeric ASCII text string (up to 20 characters, including spaces) to assign to one or more ports.
Defaults
By default, the name of a port appears as a slot#/port# pair.
Command Modes
Interface configuration (config-if-fc, config-if-ib, config-if-ether, config-if-fc) submodes.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-write user, InfiniBand read-write user, Ethernet read-write user.
The name can be used to simplify port identification and indicate port use. Assign the same name to multiple ports to identify the ports as a group with a uniform function. The name that you assign appears in the name field of the appropriate show interface command.
ntp
To synchronize the clock on your server switch to primary, secondary, and tertiary NTP servers, enter the ntp command in global configuration mode. To reset an NTP configuration to the default value, use the no form of this command.
ntp {server-one | server-two | server-three} ip-address
no ntp {server-one | server-two | server-three}
Syntax Description
server-one
Specifies the primary NTP server.
server-two
Specifies the secondary NTP server.
server-three
Specifies the tertiary NTP server.
ip-address
IP address of the NTP server.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Use the ntp command to configure your server switch to take time information from up to three servers so that your server switch can identify a problem when one server sends faulty data packets. We strongly recommend that you configure all three servers for maximum precision.
Examples
The following example assigns primary, secondary, and tertiary NTP servers to the server switch:
SFS-7000P(config)# ntp server-one 10.0.3.110SFS-7000P(config)# ntp server-two 10.0.3.111SFS-7000P(config)# ntp server-three 10.0.3.112Related Commands
clock set
show clock
show ntp
snmp-serverping
To verify that your server switch can reach a given host, enter the ping command from user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
ping host
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Use the ping command to verify connectivity between your server switch and a host or port. The reply packet tells you if the host received the ping and the amount of time it took to return the packet.
Note
To ping an expansion module, you need the IP address of the module:
•
•
•
–
–
–
Examples
The following example verifies that the server switch can contact the device with an IP address of 10.3.102.24:
SFS-7000P# ping 10.3.102.24Sending 5 ICMP Echoes to 10.3.102.24, 56 data bytes!!!!!Success rate is 100 percent (5/5)round-trip min/avg/max = 0.000000/0.000000/0.000000 msSFS-7000P#Related Commands
hostname
ip address (Ethernet management interface configuration submode)
ip domain-namepkey
To use a different partition as the inband IPoIB management partition, enter the pkey command in InfiniBand management interface configuration submode. To revert to the default ff:ff partition, use the no form of this command.
pkey p_key
no pkey
Syntax Description
p_key
Key value in the form nn:nn designating the partition to be used as the inband IPoIB management partition instead of the default.
Defaults
The default inband IPoIB management partition has the partition key ff:ff.
Command Modes
InfiniBand management interface configuration (config-if-mgmt-ib) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
General read-write user.
In case IPoIB multicast joins are disabled on the default partition, you can use this command to change the inband IPoIB management partition to a partition that allows IPoIB multicast joins.
Use the show config and show interface mgmt-ib commands to view the results of the pkey command.
Examples
The following example command sequence configures the InfiniBand management interface as the 80:80 partition and verifies the result:
SFS-3012R(config-if-mgmt-ib)# pkey 80:80SFS-3012R(config-if-mgmt-ib)# exit allSFS-3012R> show config...interface mgmt-ibpkey 80:80ip address 10.10.10.4 255.255.255.0...SFS-3012R> show interface mgmt-ib================================================================================Mgmt-InfiniBand Information================================================================================descr : Inband Management Portadmin-status : downip-addr : 10.10.10.4mask : 255.255.255.0gateway-addr : 0.0.0.0mtu : 2044pkey : 80:80Related Commands
ib sm multicast ipoib
ib sm
show config
show interface mgmt-ibpower-supply
To enter power supply configuration submode, enter the power-supply command from global configuration mode.
power-supply [all | selection]
Syntax Description
all
(Optional) Configures all power supplies.
selection
(Optional) Selection of power supplies to configure.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P
Privilege Level:
General read-write user.
Use the shutdown or no shutdown commands to bring down and bring up power supplies. The command will only enable you to bring down one power supply at a time.
Examples
The following example enters power supply configuration submode for all power supplies:
SFS-7000(config)# power-supply allRelated Commands
radius-server
To configure up to three RADIUS servers that your server switch uses to authenticate CLI user logins, enter the radius-server command in global configuration mode. To remove a RADIUS server from the configuration, use the no form of this command.
radius-server host ip-address [auth-port udp-port] [timeout seconds] [retransmit retries] [key authentication-key]
no radius-server host ip-address
Syntax Description
Defaults
The RADIUS server IP address defaults to 0.0.0.0, which assigns no server, and the server switch authenticates locally by default.
The udp-port variable defaults to 1812.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write access.
Configure a RADIUS server to authenticate CLI user logins. Enter the authentication command to enable authentication and to configure your server switch to authenticate with the RADIUS server. Use the show authentication command to display the configuration of the radius server, including the priority.
The order in which you configure RADIUS servers determines the order in which the authentication process attempts to access them.
Examples
The following example assigns the RADIUS server that the server switch can use to validate logins:
SFS-7000P(config)# radius-server host 10.5.0.100Related Commands
authentication
show authentication
snmp-server
tacacs-serverredundancy-group
To create a redundancy group, enter the redundancy-group command in global configuration mode. To remove a redundancy group, use the no form of this command. When you remove a redundancy group, all bridge groups members of this redundancy group are removed from redundancy group.
redundancy-group redundancygroupID
no redundancy-group redundancygroupID
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Create a redundancy group to bridge one Ethernet VLAN to one InfiniBand IPoIB partition redundantly. To initiate bridging at least one bridge group must be assigned to the redundancy group. To arrange a redundant configuration, at least two bridge groups must be assigned to a redundancy group.
Examples
The following example creates a redundancy group:
SFS-3012R(config)# redundancy-group 1Related Commands
show redundancy-group
bridge-group redundancy-groupredundancy-group broadcast-forwarding
To enable broadcast forwarding for all members of a redundancy group, enter the redundancy-group broadcast-forwarding command in global configuration mode. To disable broadcast forwarding, use the no form of this command.
This command temporarily overwrites the broadcast forwarding setting on all bridge groups that are members of the redundancy group. Once a bridge group is removed from a redundancy group the original broadcast forwarding setting is restored.
redundancy-group redundancygroupID broadcast-forwarding
no redundancy-group redundancygroupID broadcast-forwarding
Syntax Description
Defaults
For a new redundancy group, broadcast forwarding is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example enables broadcast forwarding for redundancy group 1:
SFS-3012R(config)# redundancy-group 1 broadcast-forwardingRelated Commands
show redundancy-group
redundancy-groupredundancy-group directed-broadcast
To enable directed broadcast for a redundancy group, enter the redundancy-group directed-broadcast command in global configuration mode. Once enabled, directed broadcasting allows directed broadcast traffic from the remote subnet Ethernet host to the IB network bridged by this redundancy group.
To disable directed broadcast for a redundancy group, use the no form of this command.
This command temporarily overwrites the directed-broadcast setting on all bridge groups that are members of the redundancy group. Once a bridge group is removed from a redundancy group the original directed-broadcast setting is restored.
redundancy-group redundancygroupID directed-broadcast
no redundancy-group redundancygroupID directed-broadcast
Syntax Description
Defaults
Directed broadcast is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example enables directed broadcast for redundancy group 1:
SFS-3012(config)# redundancy-group 1 directed-broadcastRelated CommandsRelated Commands
show redundancy-group
bridge-group directed-broadcastredundancy-group gratuitous-igmp
To enable gratuitous IGMP for all members of all bridge groups in a specified redundancy group, enter the redundancy-group gratuitous-igmp command in global configuration mode. To disable gratuitous IGMP on a redundancy group, use the no form of this command.
This command temporarily overwrites the gratuitous IGMP status on all bridge groups members of the redundancy group. Once a bridge group is removed from a redundancy group, the original gratuitous IGMP status is restored.
redundancy-group redundancygroupID gratuitous-igmp
no redundancy-group redundancygroupID gratuitous-igmp
Syntax Description
redundancygroupID
Integer ID of the redundancy group to have gratuitous IGMP enabled or disabled.
gratuitous-igmp
Enable gratuitous IGMP.
Defaults
On a new redundancy group, gratuitous IGMP is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Use this command when IGMP snooping is enabled on the Ethernet switches connected to the Ethernet gateway.
Examples
The following example enables gratuitous IGMP on redundancy group 1:
SFS-3012R(config)# redundancy-group 1 gratuitous-igmpRelated Commands
show redundancy-group
bridge-group gratuitous-igmp
redundancy-group igmp
redundancy-groupredundancy-group igmp
To set the IGMP version for all members in a redundancy group, enter the redundancy-group igmp command in global configuration mode. To reset the IGMP version to the default version, use the no form of this command.
This command temporarily overwrites the IGMP version setting on all bridge groups members of the redundancy group. Once a bridge group is removed from a redundancy group the original IGMP version setting is restored.
redundancy-group redundancygroupID igmp {v1 | v2 | v3}
no redundancy-group redundancygroupID igmp
Syntax Description
redundancygroupID
Integer ID of the redundancy group to have its igmp version configured.
v1
Configures IGMP version 1.
v2
Configures IGMP version 2.
v3
Configures IGMP version 3.
Defaults
By default, all members or all bridge groups in the redundancy group have version 2 unless configured to a different version by the bridge-group igmp command.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
The IGMP version must be set to correspond to the version used by the hosts and routers bridged by members of this redundancy group. It is used by gratuitous IGMP to generate reports and might have additional future uses.
Examples
The following example sets the IGMP version for all member bridge groups of redundancy group 1 to v3:
SFS-3012R(config)# redundancy-group 1 igmp v3Related Commands
show redundancy-group
redundancy-group gratuitous-igmp
bridge-group igmp
redundancy-groupredundancy-group load-balancing
To enable load balancing among members of a redundancy group, enter the redundancy-group load-balancing command in global configuration mode. To disable load balancing, use the no form of this command.
redundancy-group redundancygroupID load-balancing
no redundancy-group redundancygroupID load-balancing
Syntax Description
Defaults
By default, load balancing is disabled and the redundancy group operates in active-passive mode.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example enables load balancing among members of redundancy group 1:
SFS-3012R(config)# redundancy-group 1 load-balancingRelated Commands
show redundancy-group
redundancy-groupredundancy-group multicast
To enable multicast forwarding for a selected redundancy group, enter the redundancy-group multicast command in global configuration mode. To disable multicast forwarding, use the no form of this command.
This command temporarily overwrites the multicast forwarding setting on all bridge groups members of the redundancy group. Once a bridge group is removed from a redundancy group the original multicast forwarding setting is restored.
redundancy-group redundancygroupID multicast
no redundancy-group redundancygroupID multicast
Syntax Description
redundancygroupID
Integer ID of the redundancy group to have multicast forwarding enabled or disabled.
Defaults
By default, multicast forwarding is disabled for the redundancy group.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example enables multicast forwarding for redundancy group 1:
SFS-3012R(config)# redundancy-group 1 multicastRelated Commands
show redundancy-group
bridge-group multicast
redundancy-groupredundancy-group name
To configure a name for a redundancy group, enter the redundancy-group name command in global configuration mode.
redundancy-group redundancygroupID name name
Syntax Description
redundancygroupID
Integer ID of the redundancy group to be assigned a name.
name
Name to assign to the redundancy group.
Defaults
By default, redundancy groups are not named.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example assigns group-one as the name of redundancy group 1:
SFS-3012R(config)# redundancy-group 1 name group-oneRelated Commands
show redundancy-group
redundancy-groupredundancy-group new-member-force-reelection
To configure a redundancy group to force re-election when a new member joins, or when an existing member comes online, enter the redundancy-group new-member-force reelection command in global configuration mode. To disable forced re-election, use the no form of this command.
redundancy-group redundancygroupID new-member-force-reelection
no redundancy-group redundancygroupID new-member-force-reelection
Syntax Description
redundancygroupID
Integer ID of the redundancy group to have forced re-election of new members enabled or disabled.
Defaults
By default, forced re-election is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
Examples
The following example configures redundancy group 1 to force re-election when a new member joins:
SFS-3012R(config)# redundancy-group 1 new-member-force-reelectionRelated Commands
show redundancy-group
redundancy-groupreload
To reboot your server switch, enter the reload command in privileged EXEC mode.
reload [no-failover]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-write user.
At stages of chassis and interface setup, you need to reinitialize chassis firmware or restore interface card configurations. Use the reload command because it allows the chassis to close files and prepare for shutdown. The reload command brings down the entire server switch and restarts all of the cards in the server switch.
The server switch prompts you to verify the reload. If you have not already saved configuration changes, and the server switch detects the changes, it prompts you to save. To store the new configuration as the startup configuration, enter yes at the prompt. To store the configuration elsewhere under a different file name, enter the new file name, and press Enter.
The system reinitializes itself and then loads the active system image and the startup configuration file. Wait a few minutes and attempt to log onto the chassis.
Note
When you enter the reload command as part of a new image installation process, all cards on the chassis reboot, regardless of the no-failover option.
When you enter the reload command on a Cisco SFS 7008P Server Switch that is configured with two controller cards but only one management Ethernet card, the outcome is as if the chassis had only one controller, regardless of the no-failover option.
Examples
The following example reloads the server switch:
SFS-7000P# reloadSystem configuration has been modified. Save?[yes(default)/no/*.cfg] yesProceed with reload? [confirm]SFS-7000P#Connection to host lost.Related Commands
boot-config
broadcast
install
who
show boot-configsave-log
To save the system log file under a different file name, enter the save-log command in privileged EXEC mode.
save-log [filename]
Syntax Description
Defaults
If you do not provide a name for the log file, your server switch assigns a name with the following format:
savelog.mmddhhmmsswhere mmddhhmmss represents the system UTC time.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-write user.
Examples
The following copies the system log into a file named mylog.log:
SFS-7000P# save-log mylog.logRelated Commands
show arp ethernet
To display entries in the Ethernet ARP routing table, enter the show arp ethernet command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode. It provides ARP information for Layer 3 Mode, which is available only on four-port Ethernet gateways,
show arp ethernet
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-only user.
Your server switch dynamically creates ARP connections on an as-needed basis and removes ARP entries from ARP routing tables when connections drop.
Table 3-8 describes the fields in the show arp ethernet command output.
Examples
The following example displays the entries in the Ethernet ARP routing table of the server switch:
SFS-3012# show arp ethernet===============================================================ARP Information===============================================================port physical-address net-address type----------------------------------------------------------------------------4/1 00:05:ad:00:10:41 20.45.0.1 staticRelated Commands
show authentication
To display how your system authenticates logins, enter the show authentication command in privileged EXEC mode.
show authentication
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Use this command to determine if your server switch uses a RADIUS server or TACACS+ client, with or without the local database, to authenticate CLI user logins. If your server switch uses multiple resources, the command output displays the order in which your server switch authenticates logins.
Table 3-9 describes the fields in the show authentication command output.
Examples
The following example displays the authentication method that the server switch uses:
SFS-7000P> show authenticationauthentication method: tacacs+ and then local---------------------------------------------tacacs-server : 171.71.27.230priority : 1port : 49key : testing123timeout : 5max-retries : 2access-request-count : 3access-accept-count : 0access-reject-count : 1server-timeout-count : 4SFS-7000P>Related Commands
authentication
radius-server
tacacs-servershow backplane
To display a breakdown of Serial Electrically Erasable and Programmable Read-Only Memory (SEEPROM) details of your server switch, enter the show backplane command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show backplane
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000DPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
The output of the show backplane command assists product support personnel.
Table 3-10 describes the fields in the show backplane command output.
Examples
The following example displays the SEEPROM details of the server switch backplane:
SFS-7000P> show backplane================================================================================Backplane Seeprom================================================================================base-mac-addr chassis-id chassis-guid--------------------------------------------------------------------------------0:5:ad:1:5f:f2 0x5ad0000015ff2 0x5ad0000015ff2================================================================================Backplane Seeprom================================================================================product pca pca fruserial-number serial-number number number--------------------------------------------------------------------------------MX3054100107 C3054100150 95-00078-01 99-00140-01SFS-7000P>show boot-config
To display the active system image that runs when your server switch boots, enter the show boot-config command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show boot-config
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
The show boot-config command displays the image that initializes chassis firmware and configures the interfaces.
This command lists the files used to bring up the system and the files to be used the next time the system reboots.
Table 3-11 describes the fields in the show boot-config command output.
Examples
The following example displays the image that the server switch boots:
SFS-7000P# show boot-config============================================================================System Boot Configuration============================================================================slot-id : 1sw-version : OS-1.1.3/build255last-image-source : OS-1.1.3/build255primary-image-source : OS-1.1.3/build255Related Commands
boot-config
install
reload
show card-inventory
show versionshow bridge-forwarding
Display subnets to which bridge groups forward traffic with the show bridge-forwarding command.
show bridge-forwarding [integer] [subnet subnet-prefix prefix-length]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes:
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Table 3-14 explains the fields that appear in the show bridge-subnets command output.
Examples
The following example provides sample output of the show bridge-forwarding command:
SFS-3012R> show bridge-forwarding================================================================================Bridge Forwarding================================================================================bridge port subnet-pfx pfx-len next-hop-addr dest-addr dest-len--------------------------------------------------------------------------------SFS-3012R>Related Commands
bridge-group broadcast-forwarding
show bridge-group
To display the attributes of bridge groups, enter the show bridge-group command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show bridge-group [bridge-groupID#]
Syntax Description
bridge-groupID#
(Optional) Integer value that represents a bridge group. Use the bridge-group ID number to view the attributes of one specific bridge group.
Defaults
Without an argument, the show bridge-group command shows all bridge groups.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines:
Privilege Level:
General read-only user.
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Table 3-13 describes the fields in the show bridge-group command output.
Examples
The following example (output abridged) shows all bridge groups on the server switch:
SFS-3012R# show bridge-group 1================================================================================Bridge Group================================================================================bridge-group-id : 1bridge-group-name :ip-addr : 0.0.0.0eth-bridge-port : 13/1 (not tagged)ib-bridge-port : 13/2(gw) (pkey: ff:ff)broadcast-forwarding : truebroadcast-forwarding-mode : inherit-from-redundancy-groupdirected-broadcast : truedirected-broadcast-mode : inherit-from-redundancy-grouploop-protection-method : onemulticast : falsemulticast-mode : inherit-from-redundancy-groupgratuitous-igmp : falsegratuitous-igmp-mode : inherit-from-redundancy-groupigmp-version : v2igmp-version-mode : inherit-from-redundancy-groupredundancy-group : 1status-in-redundancy-group : noneRelated Commands
bridge-group (global configuration mode)
bridge-group broadcast-forwarding
bridge-group directed-broadcast
bridge-group gratuitous-igmp
bridge-group igmp
bridge-group ip-addr
bridge-group loop-protection
bridge-group multicast
bridge-group name
bridge-group redundancy-group
show bridge-forwarding
show bridge-subnets
show redundancy-groupshow bridge-subnets
To display the subnets that a particular bridge group bridges, enter the show bridge-subnets command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show bridge-subnets [bridge-group-number]
Syntax Description
bridge-group-number
(Optional) Limits the command output to the subnets of one particular bridge group.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Table 3-14 explains the fields that appear in the show bridge-subnets command output.
Examples
The following example provides sample output of the show bridge-subnets command:
SFS-3012R# show bridge-subnets================================================================================Bridge Subnets================================================================================bridge subnet-prefix subnet-prefix-len--------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 192.168.0.0 222 192.168.13.32 29Related Commands
show bridge-forwarding
show bridge-group
show redundancy-groupshow card
To display the configuration, status, and Serial Electrically Erasable and Programmable Read Only Memory (SEEPROM) details about all cards, enter the show card command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show card {card-selection | all}
Syntax Description
card-selection
Card, list of cards, or range of cards to view.
all
Displays the details of all interface cards in your server switch.
Defaults
The show card command displays all cards by default.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
•
show card 5
•
show card 5,9,14
•
show card 5-9
•
show card 5, 7-9, 14
Table 3-15 describes the fields in the show card command output.
Note
Examples
This example displays the configuration and status information for cards 5, 9, 14, and 16:
SFS-3012# show card 5,9,14,16============================================================================Card Information============================================================================admin oper admin oper operslot type type status status code----------------------------------------------------------------------------5 en4port1G en4port1G up up normal9 fc2port2G fc2port2G up up normal14 controller controller up up normal16 ib12port4x ib12port4x up up normal============================================================================Card Boot Information============================================================================boot boot bootslot stage status image----------------------------------------------------------------------------5 done success OS-1.1.2/build0849 done success OS-1.1.2/build08414 done success OS-1.1.2/build08416 done success OS-1.1.2/build084============================================================================Card Seeprom============================================================================product pca pca fruslot serial-number serial-number number number----------------------------------------------------------------------------5 00024 1234 95-00007-01 12349 1234 1234 95-00008-01 123414 00002 00002 95-00005-01 123416 1234 1234 95-00006-01 1234SFS-7000P#On the Cisco SFS 7008, an asterisk (*) designates the active controller card from which you have initiated your CLI session. See the example below:
SFS-7008# show card=========================================================================Card Information=========================================================================admin oper admin oper operslot type type status status code-------------------------------------------------------------------------11* controllerFabric12x controllerFabric12x up up normal12 controllerFabric12x controllerFabric12x up up standbyRelated Commands
action
boot-config
card
install
show card-inventory
shutdown
typeshow card-inventory
To display the system resources and image data of all cards, enter the show card-inventory command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
Note
show card-inventory [card-selection | all]
Syntax Description
card-selection
(Optional) Card, list of cards, or range of cards to view.
all
(Optional) Displays resources and data of all cards in the chassis.
Defaults
The show card-inventory defaults to show card-inventory all.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Each interface card is a system in itself. The following comprise system resources:
•
•
•
•
The active system image should match the active image that runs on the controller card. Occasions might occur when you update the system image on the controller but not on an interface card, such as when you swap interface cards between chassis or update the system image on the controller when an interface card goes down. Disk space might be an issue if you try to update the system image on the controller but cannot propagate this data to the interface card because the interface card has no free space.
The CPU description might be requested by support personnel in the event you experience difficulties with a controller or an interface card.
Table 3-16 describes the fields in the show card-inventory command output.
Examples
The following example displays the configuration and status information for the cards on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# show card-inventory================================================================================Card Resource/Inventory Information================================================================================slot-id : 1up-time : 615398 (seconds)used-memory : 24184 (kbytes)free-memory : 103652 (kbytes)used-disk-space : 36123 (kbytes)free-disk-space : 58702 (kbytes)last-image-source : TopspinOS-2.6.0/build141primary-image-source : TopspinOS-2.6.0/build141image : TopspinOS-2.6.0/build141cpu-descr : PPC 440GP Rev. C - Rev 4.129 (pvr 4012 0481) (doc G3)fpga-firmware-rev : abib-firmware-rev : 0008002ace (hw-rev b924 1a1)Related Commands
show cdp
Display the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) advertisement information, with the show cdp command.
show cdp
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
CDP is running when the chassis boots.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) obtains protocol addresses of neighboring devices and discovers the platform of those devices. Using it with the MIB database allows applications to learn the device and the SNMP agent address of neighboring devices. CDP uses the CISCO-CDP-MIB.
Each device configured for CDP sends periodic messages, known as advertisements, to a multicast address. Each device advertises at least one address at which it can receive SNMP messages. Advertisements also contain time-to-live, or hold time, information, that indicates the length of time that a receiving device holds CDP information before discarding it. Each device also listens to the CDP messages sent by others to learn when the media interfaces of neighboring devices go up or down.
CDP Version-2 is the latest release of the protocol. With CDP Version-2, detailed information is provided on the VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) management domain and duplex modes of neighbor devices, CDP-related counters, and VLAN IDs of connecting ports. This information helps Ethernet gateway configuration. CDP is run on server switches over the management-Ethernet interface.
Examples
The following example displays the CDP advertisement information:
SFS-7000P# show cdp================================================================================CDP Information================================================================================run : falsemessage-interval : 60hold-time : 180device-id : SFS(00:05:ad:01:5f:f2)Related Commands
show cdp entry
show cdp neighbors
show clockshow cdp entry
To display the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) information for a specific neighbor, enter the show cdp entry command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show cdp entry entry-name [protocol | version]
Syntax Description
entry-name
Specifies the entry name
protocol
(Optional) Specifies the protocol.
version
(Optional) Specifies the version
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Examples
The following example displays the CDP entry information:
SFS-7000P# show cdp entry================================================================================CDP entry================================================================================device-id : svbu-h46-c2950.svbu-h46-c2950.cisco.complatform : cisco WS-C2950T-24capabilities : switchdevice-port : FastEthernet0/1224version : Cisco Internetwork OS C2950 Software(C2950-I6Q4L2-M) Version 12.1(22)native-vlan : 230duplex : halfRelated Commands
show cdp
show cdp neighbors
show clockshow cdp neighbors
To display the information for neighbors CDP has discovered, enter the show cdp neighbors command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show cdp neighbors
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Examples
The following example displays the CDP neighbors information:
SFS-7000P# show cdp neighbors================================================================================CDP neighbors================================================================================Capability Codes: R - Router, T - Trans Bridge, B - Source Route BridgeS - Switch, H - Host, I - IGMP, r - Repeater, P - Phonedevice-id hold-time capability platform port-id--------------------------------------------------------------------------------svbu-q8-c2950.svbu-q8-c2950.cisco.com²(- 180 S cisco WS-C2950T-24FastEthernet0/4-24Related Commands
show cdp
show cdp entry
show clockshow clock
To display the current system time, enter the show clock command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show clock
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
If you have not set the clock, system time begins at 00:00:00, January 1, 1970.
If a time zone is configured or daylight savings time is configured and active, the time zone designation appears in parentheses after the date and time.
Examples
The following example displays the clock settings of the server switch:
SFS-3012R> show clockTue Oct 3 22:58:55 2006 (PST)SFS-3012R>Related Commands
show config
To display the startup configuration, enter the show config command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show config
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
The show config command displays the current configuration as a series of commands in the format that you use when you execute commands in a CLI session. This command queries all active service components to collect their current configuration data and translates the data into a CLI command format.
This record of the configuration can be saved, edited, and reused to replicate a configuration.
Note
Examples
The following example displays the running configuration on the server switch:
SFS-3012R> show config! TopspinOS-2.8.0/build145! Sat Jun 18 12:04:18 2016enableconfig terminal!boot-config primary-image-source TopspinOS-2.8.0/build145!clock timezone PST -8 0clock summer-time PST 4 1 2007 2:00 10 28 2007 2:00 60!no ib sm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00!interface mgmt-ethernetip address 172.29.230.10 255.255.0.0gateway 172.29.230.1no shutdown!interface mgmt-ibpkey 80:80ip address 10.10.10.4 255.255.255.0!logging-server one 10.77.210.39!!!cdp timer 150!card 3type en6port1G!card 8type fc4port2G!card 10type en6port1G!card 12type en6port1G!card 13type en6port1G!bridge-group 1!interface trunk 1!interface gateway 13/2bridge-group 1 pkey ff:ff!interface ethernet 13/1bridge-group 1!redundancy-group 1redundancy-group 1 gratuitous-igmpredundancy-group 2redundancy-group 2 name "ss_bridge"!bridge-group 1 redundancy-group 1bridge-group 1 broadcast-forwarding!fc srp initiator 10:00:00:05:ad:00:00:50 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 wwnn 20:01:00:05:ad:00:12:34!snmp-server host 64.104.153.106!!SFS-3012R#Related Commands
show diagnostic
To display diagnostics, enter the show diagnostic command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show diagnostic
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Examples
The following example displays the system diagnostics available on a Cisco SFS 7000D Server Switch:
SFS-7000D> show diagnostic ?card - Show card specific diagnostic testchassis - Show chassis specific diagnostic testfan - Show fan specific diagnostic testfru-error - Show the last hardware error (if any) detectedinterface - Show interface specific diagnostic testpost - Show POST status of all FRUs in the systempower-supply - Show power supply specific diagnostic testSFS-7000D> show diagnosticThe following example displays the system diagnostics available on a Cisco SFS 3012R Server Switch:
SFS-3012R# show diagnostic ?card - Show card specific diagnostic testfru-error - Show the last hardware error (if any) detectedinterface - Show interface specific diagnostic testpost - Show POST status of all FRUs in the systemSFS-3012R#Related Commands
show diagnostic card
show diagnostic chassis
show diagnostic fan
show diagnostic fru-error
show diagnostic interface ethernet
show diagnostic interface fc
show diagnostic interface ib
show diagnostic post
show diagnostic power-supplyshow diagnostic card
To display completed or ongoing diagnostic tests for cards, enter the show diagnostic card command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show diagnostic card {all | card-selection}
Syntax Description
all
Specifies all cards on the server switch.
card-selection
Card or cards with the tests that you want to view.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Table 3-17 describes the fields in the show diagnostic card command.
Examples
The following example displays the completed and ongoing diagnostic tests on card 3:
SFS-3012# show diag card 3================================================================================Diagnostic Tests For Cards================================================================================test : ledslot-id : 3iterations : 1action : stopresult : successpercentage-completed : 100result-string : Card LED Test, Final report : PASSEDThe following example displays the available test parameters:
SFS-3012(config)# diagnostic card 16SFS-3012(config-diag-card-16)# ?diagnostic Configuration Commands:exit - Exit current modehelp - Show command helphistory - Show command historystart - Initiate a teststop - Stop a testtest - Configure test typeSFS-3012(config-diag-card-16)# test ?> led - Test type is LED test> self-test - Test type is self-testRelated Commands
show card
show diagnostic
show fan
show power-supplyshow diagnostic chassis
To display completed or ongoing diagnostic tests the chassis, enter the show diagnostic chassis command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show diagnostic chassis
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D,
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterDefaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Examples
The following example displays the completed and ongoing diagnostic tests on card 3:
SFS-7000# show diagnostic chassis================================================================================Diagnostic Tests For Chassis================================================================================module-type : chassismodule-number : 1test : self-testiterations : 1option : stopOnErroraction : startresult : successpercentage-completed : 100result-string : Self Test, Final report : PASSED; Please reboot systemSFS-7000#Related Commands
show card
show diagnostic
show fan
show power-supplyshow diagnostic fan
To display completed or ongoing diagnostic tests for fans, enter the show diagnostic fan command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show diagnostic fan {all | fan-selection}
Syntax Description
all
Specifies all fans on the server switch.
fan-selection
Fan or fans with the tests that you want to view.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Table 3-18 describes the fields in the show diagnostic fan command.
Examples
The following example displays diagnostic test results for a fan:
SFS-7000# show diag fan================================================================================Diagnostic Tests For Fan================================================================================module-type : fanmodule-number : 3test : self-testiterations : 1action : stopresult : successpercentage-completed : 100result-string : Fan Self Test Completed, Final report : Passed=1, Failed=0, Total=1Related Commands
show card
show fan
show diagnostic
show power-supplyshow diagnostic fru-error
To display field-replaceable unit (FRU) run-time errors, enter the show diagnostic fru-error command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show diagnostic fru-error
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes:
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R,
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000DPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Table 3-19 describes the fields in the show diagnostic fru-error command.
Table 3-19 show diagnostic card Command Field Descriptions
fru-slot
FRU type (such as fan or power supply) and slot.
fru-error
FRU error, if any.
Examples
The following example displays FRU errors on a Cisco SFS 7008P:
SFS-7008P# show diagnostic fru-error================================================================================Fru-Error================================================================================fru-slot fru-error--------------------------------------------------------------------------------card(1) nonecard(2) nonecard(9) nonecard(11) _FRU_ETHERNET_ERRcard(12) _FRU_ETHERNET_ERRcard(15) nonecard(16) nonefan(1) nonefan(2) nonefan(3) nonefan(4) nonepower-supply(1) nonepower-supply(2) noneRelated Commands
show card
show fan
show diagnostic
show power-supplyshow diagnostic interface ethernet
To display completed or ongoing diagnostic tests for Ethernet gateway ports, enter the show diagnostic interface ethernet command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show diagnostic interface ethernet {port | all}
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-only user.
Table 3-20 describes the fields in the show diagnostic interface ethernet command.
Examples
The following example displays the completed and ongoing diagnostic tests on port 1 of Ethernet gateway 9:
SFS-3012# show diagnostic interface ethernet 9/1================================================================================Diagnostic Tests For Ethernet Interfaces================================================================================test : ledport : 9/1validation : enableddata-size : 0data-pattern : 00:00:00:00iterations : 0action : stopresult : nonepercentage-completed : 0result-string : Unknown Test Unknown status, Current report : Passed=0, Failed=0, Total=0The following example displays the diagnostic tests available:
SFS-3012# (config)# diagnostic interface ethernet 2/1SFS-3012# (config-diag-if-ether-2/1)# ?>diagnostic Configuration Commands:data-pattern - Configure a data pattern to use in traffic testcasesdata-size - Configure size (in octects) of payload dataexit - Exit current modehelp - Show command helphistory - Show command historyiterations - Configure number of iterations the test caseshould be runno - Disable a configuration or set defaultstart - Initiate a teststop - Stop a testtest - Configure the test case to runvalidate - Enable data validation to be performed onreceived packetsSFS-3012# (config-diag-if-ether-2/1)# test ?ext-loopback - Configure External-Loopback testled - Configure LED testRelated Commands
show diagnostic
show interface ethernetshow diagnostic interface fc
To display completed or ongoing diagnostic tests for Fibre Channel gateway ports, enter the show diagnostic interface fc command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show diagnostic interface fc {port | all}
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes:
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-only user.
Table 3-21 describes the fields in the show diagnostic interface fc command.
Examples
The following example displays the completed and ongoing diagnostic tests on all Ethernet ports:
SFS-3012R# show diagnostic interface ethernet all================================================================================Diagnostic Tests For Ethernet Interfaces================================================================================test : external-loopbackport : 6/3validation : enableddata-size : 0data-pattern : 00:00:00:00iterations : 0action : stopresult : nonepercentage-completed : 0result-string : External Loopback Test In-progress, Current report : Passed=0, Failed=0, Total=0The following example displays the diagnostic tests available:
SFS-3012R(config)# diagnostic interface fc 6/1SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-fc-6/1)# ?> diagnostic Configuration Commands:> data-pattern - Configure a data pattern to use in traffic test> cases> data-size - Configure size (in octects) of payload data> exit - Exit current mode> help - Show command help> history - Show command history> iterations - Configure number of iterations the test case> should be run> no - Disable a configuration or set default> source-id - Specify source identifier for use with FC Echo test> start - Initiate a test> stop - Stop a test> target-id - Specify target identifier for use with FC Echo test> test - Configure the test case to run> validate - Enable data validation to be performed on> received packets> SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-fc-6/1)# test ?> echo - Configure Echo test> ext-loopback - Configure External-Loopback test> int-loopback - Configure Internal-Loopback testRelated Commands
show diagnostic
show interface fcshow diagnostic interface ib
To display completed or ongoing diagnostic tests for InfiniBand switch ports, enter the show diagnostic interface ib command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show diagnostic interface ib {port | all}
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Table 3-22 describes the fields in the show diagnostic interface ib command.
Examples
The following example displays the completed and ongoing diagnostic tests on port 1 of InfiniBand switch card 16:
SFS-3012R> show diagnostic interface ib 16/1================================================================================Diagnostic Tests For IB Interfaces================================================================================test : external-loopbackport : 16/1validation : enableddata-size : 0data-pattern : 00:00:00:00iterations : 0source-id : 00:00:00target-id : 00:00:00action : stopresult : nonepercentage-completed : 0result-string : External Loopback Test Unknown status, Current report : Passed=0, Failed=0, Total=0The following example displays the available diagnostics tests:
SFS-3012R(config)# diagnostic interface ib 16/1> SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-ib-16/1)# ?> diagnostic Configuration Commands:> data-pattern - Configure a data pattern to use in traffic test> cases> exit - Exit current mode> help - Show command help> history - Show command history> iterations - Configure number of iterations the test case> should be run> no - Disable a configuration or set default> start - Initiate a test> stop - Stop a test> test - Configure the test case to run> validate - Enable data validation to be performed on> received packets> SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-ib-16/1)# test ?> ext-cable - Configure External-Cable test> ext-loopback - Configure External-Loopback test> int-loopback - Configure Internal-Loopback testRelated Commands
show diagnostic
show interface ibshow diagnostic post
To display POST error messages, enter the show diagnostic post command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show diagnostic post
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R,
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000DPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Table 3-23 describes the fields in the show diagnostic post command.
Examples
The following example displays POST error messages on a Cisco SFS 7000:
SFS-270# show diagnostic post================================================================================Post Status================================================================================fru-slot post-status post-error--------------------------------------------------------------------------------card(1) passed nonecard(2) passed nonecard(9) passed nonecard(11) failed _FRU_ETHERNET_ERRcard(12) failed _FRU_ETHERNET_ERRcard(15) passed nonecard(16) passed nonefan(1) passed nonefan(2) passed nonefan(3) passed nonefan(4) passed nonepower-supply(1) passed nonepower-supply(2) passed noneRelated Commands
show diagnostic power-supply
To display completed or ongoing diagnostic tests for power supplies, enter the show diagnostic power-supply command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show diagnostic power-supply {all | power-supply-selection}
Syntax Description
all
Specifies all fans on the server switch.
power-supply-selection
Power supply or supplies with the tests that you want to view.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes:
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Table 3-18 describes the fields in the show diagnostic power-supply command.
Examples
The following example displays the completed and ongoing diagnostic tests on all power supplies:
SFS-270> show diagnostic power-supply all================================================================================Diagnostic Tests For Power Supplies================================================================================module-number : 1test : noneiterations : 1action : stopresult : nonepercentage-completed : 0result-string :show fan
To display the status of the fans in your server switch, enter the show fan command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show fan
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000DPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
For the health of your server switch, all fans should be operating while your server switch runs. If the operational status of a fan appears as "down," contact customer support for a fan module replacement.
Table 3-25 describes the fields in the show fan command output.
Examples
The following example displays the fan settings on the server switch:
SFS-3012R> show fan================================================================================Fan Information================================================================================fan oper-status speed(%)--------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 up 872 up 853 up 854 up 85================================================================================Fan Seeprom================================================================================product pca pca frufan serial-number serial-number number number--------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 PY-0250-000001 PY-0250-000001 95-00011-0 02 PY-0250-000001 PY-0250-000001 95-00011-0 03 PY-0250-000042 PY-0250-000042 95-00011-0 04 PY-0250-000042 PY-0250-000042 95-00011-0 0SFS-3012R>Related Commands
show fc srp initiator
To display the attributes of initiators that you have configured on your server switch, enter the show fc srp initiator command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show fc srp initiator [guid extension]
Syntax Description
guid
(Optional) GUID of the initiator to view.
extension
(Optional) GUID extension of the initiator to view.
Defaults
Enter the show fc srp initiator command with no arguments to display all initiators.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-only user.
This command displays active and inactive initiators.
Enter this command without any arguments to display the initiator information for all configured SRP initiators. If you specify a GUID, you must also specify the extension.
Note
Table 3-26 describes the fields in the show fan command output.
Examples
The following example displays the initiators that users have configured on the server switch:
SFS-3012R# show fc srp initiator 00:00:00:fd:00:00:34:ad 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================SRP Initiators================================================================================guid: 00:00:00:fd:00:00:34:adextension: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00description: init-000000FD000034AD:0000000000000000wwnn: 20:01:00:05:ad:00:12:34credit: 0active-ports: nonepkeys:bootup-target: 00:00:3f:00:00:00:00:02bootup-lu: 00:00:00:14:00:00:00:00alt-bootup-target: 00:00:3f:00:00:00:00:05alt-bootup-lu: 00:00:00:15:00:00:00:00action: auto-bindresult: successwwpns: port wwpn fc-addr2/1 20:01:00:05:ad:20:12:34 00:00:002/2 20:01:00:05:ad:24:12:34 00:00:003/1 20:01:00:05:ad:30:12:34 00:00:003/2 20:01:00:05:ad:34:12:34 00:00:004/1 20:01:00:05:ad:40:12:34 00:00:004/2 20:01:00:05:ad:44:12:34 00:00:005/1 20:01:00:05:ad:50:12:34 00:00:005/2 20:01:00:05:ad:54:12:34 00:00:006/1 20:01:00:05:ad:60:12:34 00:00:006/2 20:01:00:05:ad:64:12:34 00:00:007/1 20:01:00:05:ad:70:12:34 00:00:007/2 20:01:00:05:ad:74:12:34 00:00:008/1 20:01:00:05:ad:80:12:34 00:00:008/2 20:01:00:05:ad:84:12:34 00:00:009/1 20:01:00:05:ad:90:12:34 00:00:009/2 20:01:00:05:ad:94:12:34 00:00:0010/1 20:01:00:05:ad:a0:12:34 00:00:0010/2 20:01:00:05:ad:a4:12:34 00:00:0011/1 20:01:00:05:ad:b0:12:34 00:00:0011/2 20:01:00:05:ad:b4:12:34 00:00:0012/1 20:01:00:05:ad:c0:12:34 00:00:0012/2 20:01:00:05:ad:c4:12:34 00:00:0013/1 20:01:00:05:ad:d0:12:34 00:00:0013/2 20:01:00:05:ad:d4:12:34 00:00:00Related Commands
fc srp initiator auto-bind
fc srp initiator-wwpn
fc srp it
fc srp itl
fc srp lu
fc srp target
fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted
fc srp-global lun-policy restricted
speed (Fibre Channel interface configuration submode)show fc srp initiator-wwpn-view
To display SRP targets that an initiator can access through one of its virtual ports, enter the show fc srp initiator-wwpn-view command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show fc srp initiator-wwpn-view wwpn target
Syntax Description
wwpn
World-wide port name (WWPN) of the virtual port of the initiator.
target
Displays the targets that your initiator can access through the virtual port.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-only user.
Use this command to verify that your initiator connects to all of the targets that you configured for it.
Table 3-27 describes the fields in the show fc srp initiator-wwpn-view command output.
Examples
The following example displays the targets that the initiator can access through the specified virtual port:
SFS-3012R> show fc srp initiator-wwpn-view 20:03:00:05:ad:21:5a:5c target================================================================================SRP Targets Accessible to Initiator Via Port WWN 20:03:00:05:ad:51:5a:5c================================================================================wwpn: 20:01:00:60:45:17:36:1cwwnn: 20:09:00:60:45:17:36:1cdescription: SRP.T10:200100604517361Cioc-guid: 00:05:ad:00:00:01:38:80service-name: SRP.T10:200100604517361Cprotocol-ids: 04:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00fc-address: 61:1b:13mtu: 0connection-type: nl-portphysical-access: 5/1-5/2,7/1Related Commands
fc srp initiator
fc srp-global lun-policy restricted
show fc srp initiatorshow fc srp it
To display initiator-target pairs that you have configured or that your server switch has discovered, enter the show fc srp it command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show fc srp it [guid extension target-wwpn]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Use this command to verify that you successfully created IT pairs on your server switch.
Table 3-28 describes the fields in the show fc srp it command output.
Examples
The following example displays the details of an IT pair:
SFS-3012R# show fc srp it================================================================================SRP IT================================================================================guid: 00:02:c9:02:00:40:0e:d4extension: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00target-wwpn: 21:00:00:04:cf:86:a0:1fdescription: itnon-restricted-ports: 2/1-2/4,3/1-3/4,4/1-4/4,5/1-5/4,: 6/1-6/4,7/1-7/4,8/1-8/4,9/1-9/4,: 10/1-10/4,11/1-11/4,12/1-12/4,13/1-13/4active-ports: 5/1-5/2physical-access: 5/1-5/2,7/2mode: normal-modeaction: noneresult: noneRelated Commands
fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted
fc srp it
show interface fcshow fc srp itl
To display all ITLs that run through your server switch, enter the show fc srp itl command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show fc srp itl [guid extension wwpn LUN]
Syntax Description
Defaults
Enter the show fc srp itl command with not arguments to display all ITLs on your server switch.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Enter this command without arguments to display the ITL information for all connected Fibre Channel devices. This command displays active and inactive ITLs.
Table 3-29 describes the fields in the show fc srp itl command output.
Examples
The following example displays the ITLs in the configuration file on the server switch:
SFS-3012R# show fc srp itl================================================================================SRP ITL================================================================================guid: 00:05:ad:00:00:01:29:c5extension: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00target-wwpn: 21:00:00:04:cf:f6:c2:abfc-lunid: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00srp-lunid: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00logical-id (raw 64 bytes): 01:03:00:08:20:00:00:04:cf:f6:c2:ab:00:00:00:00: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00logical-id (formatted display): 2000000000000000description: itldevice-category: randomlun-policy: non restrictednon-restricted-ports: noneactive-ports: 6/1physical-access: 6/1hi-mark: 16max-retry: 5min-io-timeout: 10dynamic-path-affinity: falsedynamic-gateway-port-loadbalancing: truedynamic-storage-port-loadbalancing:dynamic-gateway-port-failover: falsedynamic-storage-port-failover:active-slots: 6Total: 1 itls.Related Commands
fc srp itl
fc srp lu
show fc srp it
show interface fcshow fc srp itl-statistics
Enter this command without any arguments to display the SRP/Fibre Channel statistics for every ITL. To display ITL I/O statistics, enter the show fc srp itl-statistics command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show fc srp itl-statistics [guid extension wwpn LUN]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-only user.
Table 3-30 describes the output of the show fc srp itl-statistics command.
Examples
The following example displays ITL traffic statistics for the ITLs in the configuration file on the server switch:
SFS-3012R# show fc srp itl-statistics===========================================================================SRP ITL statistics===========================================================================guid: 00:02:c9:00:01:1d:aa:00extension: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00target-wwpn: 20:01:00:60:45:17:36:1csrp-lunid: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00slot-id: 5srp-cmds-outstanding: 0srp-errors: 0srp-initiated-ios: 0srp-bytes-read: 0srp-bytes-written: 0fcp-cmds-outstanding: 0fcp-cmds-completed: 0fcp-errors: 0fcp-initiated-ios: 0fcp-bytes-read: 0fcp-bytes-written: 0Related Commands
fc srp itl
show fc srp statisticsshow fc srp lu
To display attributes of logical units, enter the show fc srp lu command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show fc srp lu [logical-id]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-only user.
Table 3-31 describes the fields in the show fc srp lu command output.
Examples
The following example displays the LUs (storage disks) that connect to the server switch:
ts360-7> show fc srp lu================================================================================SRP LUs================================================================================logical-id (raw 64 bytes): 02:01:00:14:48:49:54:41:43:48:49:20:44:36:30:30: 33:32:34:38:30:30:30:30:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00logical-id (formatted display): HITACHI D60032480000description: lu-HITACHI-DF600F-0000(NOT 4 Me)device-category: randomtargets: 50:06:0e:80:00:43:3c:02 50:06:0e:80:00:43:3c:0350:06:0e:80:00:43:3c:01 50:06:0e:80:00:43:3c:00hi-mark: 16max-retry: 5min-io-timeout: 10dynamic-path-affinity: falsedynamic-gateway-port-loadbalancing: truedynamic-gateway-port-failover: falsevendor-id: HITACHIproduct-id: DF600Fproduct-revision: 0000physical-access: 5/1,8/1Size: 0x1:600000The following example displays details about one LU:
SFS-3012R# show fc srp lu 0103000820000004cf86a01f000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000000000================================================================================SRP LUs================================================================================logical-id (raw 64 bytes): 01:03:00:08:20:00:00:04:cf:86:a0:1f:00:00:00:00: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00logical-id (formatted display): 2000000000000000description: lu-SEAGATE -ST336753FC -0005device-category: randomtargets: 21:00:00:04:cf:86:a0:1fhi-mark: 16max-retry: 5min-io-timeout: 10dynamic-path-affinity: falsedynamic-gateway-port-loadbalancing: truedynamic-gateway-port-failover: falsevendor-id: SEAGATEproduct-id: ST336753FCproduct-revision: 0005physical-access: 5/1-5/2,7/2Size: 0x1:600000SFS-3012R#Related Commands
fc srp lu
show fc srp initiator
show fc srp itl
show interface fcshow fc srp statistics
To display aggregate SRP I/O statistics for all ITLs on your server switch, enter the show fc srp statistics command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show fc srp statistics
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes:
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-only user.
Use the show fc srp statistics command to determine load and error count.
The statistical information consists of the following:
•
•
•
Table 3-32 describes the fields in the show fc srp statistics command output.
Examples
The following example displays traffic statistics for all of the ITLs on your server switch:
SFS-3012R# show fc srp statistics================================================================================SRP Global Statistics================================================================================link-events: 1410805srp-cmds-outstanding: 0srp-cmds-completed: 4srp-errors: 0srp-initiated-ios: 4srp-bytes-read: 288srp-bytes-written: 0srp-connections: 2fcp-cmds-outstanding: 0fcp-cmds-completed: 2fcp-errors: 0fcp-initiated-ios: 2fcp-bytes-read: 0fcp-bytes-written: 0Related Commands
show fc srp initiator
show fc srp itl
show interface fcshow fc srp target
To display the properties of targets (that you manually configured or that your server switch discovered), enter the show fc srp target command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show fc srp target [wwpn]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-only user.
Enter this command without any arguments to display all target devices known to the server switch.
Table 3-33 describes the fields in the show fc srp target command output.
Examples
The following example displays the targets that connect to the server switch:
SFS-3012R# show fc srp target============================================================================SRP Targets============================================================================wwpn: 20:01:00:60:45:17:36:1cwwnn: 20:09:00:60:45:17:36:1cdescription: SRP.T10:200100604517361Cioc-guid: 00:05:ad:00:00:01:38:80service-name: SRP.T10:200100604517361Cprotocol-ids: 04:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00fc-address: 61:1b:13mtu: 0connection-type: nl-portphysical-access: 5/1-5/2Related Commands
fc srp target
show fc srp initiatorshow fc srp-global
To display the permissions that apply to all new ITs and ITLs, enter the show fc srp-global command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show fc srp-global
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
See the fc srp-global itl command for defaults.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-only user.
Examples:
The following example displays the default attributes of new ITLs:
SFS-3012R# show fc srp-global================================================================================SRP Global Information================================================================================default-gateway-portmask-policy : restricteddefault-lun-policy : restricteddefault-itl-hi-mark : 16default-itl-max-retry : 5default-itl-min-io-timeout : 10default-itl-dynamic-path-affinity : falsedefault-itl-dynamic-gateway-port-load-balancing : truedefault-itl-dynamic-gateway-port-failover : falsedefault-seq-itl-hi-mark : 1default-seq-itl-max-retry : 1default-seq-itl-min-io-timeout : 60default-seq-itl-dynamic-path-affinity : falsedefault-seq-itl-dynamic-gateway-port-load-balancing : falsedefault-seq-itl-dynamic-gateway-port-failover : trueRelated Commands
fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted
fc srp-global itl
fc srp-global lun-policy restrictedshow host
To display the DNS name servers and domain name that your server switch uses, enter the show host command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show host
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-only user.
Use this command to display the network domain of the chassis and the DNS servers that your server switch uses to resolve network names to IP addresses.
Table 3-34 describes the fields in the show host command output.
Examples
The following example displays the IP addresses of the DNS servers that the server switch uses to resolve host names:
SFS-7000P# show host============================================================================ Host Information============================================================================name-server-one : 10.3.106.20name-server-two : 0.0.0.0domain-name : shastaSFS-7000P#Related Commands
hostname
ip domain-name
ip name-server-one
ip name-server-two
show system-servicesshow ib dm ioc
To display the Device Manager input/output controller (IOC) configuration, enter the show ib dm ioc command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib dm ioc [ioc-guid | all] [services]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
General read-only user.
Table 3-35 describes the fields in the show ib dm ioc command output:
Table 3-36 describes the fields in the services keyword output.
Examples
The following example displays all input/output controller configurations of on the fabric:
SFS-7000P> show ib dm ioc================================================================================IB Device Manager I/O Controller================================================================================guid: 00:05:ad:00:00:00:14:fedescription:vendor-id: 0x5adioc-device-id: 0x5addevice-version: 1subsystem-vendor-id: 0x5adsubsystem-id: 0x5adio-class: 256io-subclass: 24734protocol: 264protocol-version: 1send-msg-q-depth: 65535rdma-read-q-depth: 65535send-msg-size: -1rdma-transfer-size: -1controller-op-cap: 255service-entries: 14The following example displays all services on all of the input/output controllers in the fabric (output abridged):
SFS-7000P> show ib dm ioc services================================================================================IB Device Manager Services================================================================================ioc-guid: 00:05:ad:00:00:00:14:feservice-name: SRP.T10:2200000C5002CA21service-id: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:66ioc-guid: 00:05:ad:00:00:00:14:feservice-name: SRP.T10:2200000C50056281service-id: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:66Related Commands
show ib dm iou
To display the Device Manager input/output unit (IOU) configuration, enter the show ib dm iou command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib dm iou
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000DPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Table 3-37 describes the fields in the show ib dm command output.
Examples
The following example displays the DM I/O details for the server switch:
SFS-7000P> show ib dm iou================================================================================IB Device Manager I/O Unit================================================================================change-id: 2352max-controllers: 1diag-device-id: 0option-rom: absentcontrollers: slot-1 IOC presentRelated Commands
show ib pm config
To view the performance monitoring configuration on an InfiniBand subnet, enter the show ib pm config command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib pm config subnet-prefix prefix
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Table 3-38 describes the fields in the show ib pm config command output.
Examples
The following example displays the output of the show ib pm config command:
SFS-7000# show ib pm config subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================IB PM Configuration================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00state : enablepolling-period : 10start-delay : 60Related Commands
show ib pm connection counter
To view the performance monitoring counters on all ports on a connection, enter the show ib pm connection counter command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib pm connection counter subnet-prefix prefix src-lid source dst-lid destination
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Table 3-39 describes the fields in the show ib pm connection counter command output.
See Section 16.1.3.5, "PortCounters," in InfiniBand Architecture, Vol. 1, Release 1.2, for more information about the port counters.
Examples
The following example displays performance monitoring counters for all ports on a connection:
SFS-7000# show ib pm connection counter subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 src-lid 2 dst-lid 2================================================================================IB PM Port Counter Table================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1cport-num : 1chassis-guid : 00:05:ad:03:00:00:1e:1cslot-num : 1ext-port-num : 1data-is-valid : truesymbol-errors : 65535link-recovery-errors : 0link-downs : 2rcv-errors : 0rcv-remote-phy-errors : 0rcv-switch-relay-errors : 0xmit-discards : 0xmit-constraint-errors : 0rcv-constraint-errors : 0local-link-integrity-errors : 0excessive-buf-overrun-errors : 0vl15-droppeds : 0xmit-data : 288rcv-data : 1512xmit-pkts : 4rcv-pkts : 21Related Commands
show ib pm connection monitor
To view the state of a performance monitored connection, enter the show ib pm connection monitor command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib pm connection monitor subnet-prefix prefix src-lid source dst-lid destination
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Table 3-40 describes the fields in the show ib pm connection monitor command output.
Examples
The following example displays the connection monitor table of a connection:
SFS-7000# show ib pm connection monitor subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 src-lid 2 dst-lid 2================================================================================IB PM Connection Monitor Table================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00src-lid : 2dst-lid : 2error-status : unknownutil-status : unknownRelated Commands
show ib pm port counter config
To display whether PM access to port counters is enabled or disabled, enter the show ib pm port counter config command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode. Use the following syntax for this version of the command:
show ib pm port counter config subnet-prefix prefix
Syntax Description
subnet-prefix
Specifies the subnet prefix of the counters to view.
prefix
Subnet prefix of the counters to view.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Table 3-41 describes the fields in the show ib pm port counter config command output.
Examples
The following example shows that the performance monitoring of port counters is enabled:
SFS-7000# show ib pm port counter config subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================
IB PM Port Counter Configuration
================================================================================
subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00
state : enabled
show ib pm port counter
To display the performance monitoring counters for one or more InfiniBand ports, enter the show ib pm port counter command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode. Use the following syntax for this version of the command:
show ib pm port counter subnet-prefix prefix [node-guid guid [port-num port]]
Syntax Description
x
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterTable 3-42 describes the fields in the show ib pm port counter command output.
See Section 16.1.3.5, "PortCounters," in InfiniBand Architecture, Vol. 1, Release 1.2, for more information on the port counters.
Examples
The following example displays the performance monitoring configuration for an InfiniBand port subnet-prefix:
SFS-7000D> show ib pm port counter subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================IB PM Port Counter Table================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1cport-num : 1chassis-guid : 00:05:ad:03:00:00:1e:1cslot-num : 1ext-port-num : 1data-is-valid : truesymbol-errors : 65535link-recovery-errors : 0link-downs : 2rcv-errors : 0rcv-remote-phy-errors : 0rcv-switch-relay-errors : 0xmit-discards : 0xmit-constraint-errors : 0rcv-constraint-errors : 0local-link-integrity-errors : 0excessive-buf-overrun-errors : 0vl15-droppeds : 0xmit-data : 288rcv-data : 1512xmit-pkts : 4rcv-pkts : 21show ib pm port monitor
To show the performance monitoring user-configured monitored ports, or the cumulative port counters, or the cumulative port counters for ports that have exceeded thresholds, enter the show ib pm port monitor command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib pm port monitor [counter | error-counter] subnet-prefix prefix [node-guid guid [port-num port]]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Table 3-43 describes the fields in the show ib pm port monitor command output.
Examples
The following example displays the user-configured monitored ports for a subnet-prefix:
SFS-7000# show ib pm port monitor subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================IB PM Port Monitor Configured Ports Table================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:01:73:bfport-num : 2subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:01:73:bfport-num : 3The following example displays the performance monitoring cumulative counters:
SFS-7000P# show ib pm port monitor counter subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================IB PM Port Monitor Table================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:01:3d:90port-num : 1chassis-guid : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00slot-num : 0ext-port-num : 0data-is-valid : trueerror-status : not-exceededutil-status : not-exceededsymbol-errors : 10link-recovery-errors : 1020link-downs : 1rcv-errors : 0rcv-remote-phy-errors : 0rcv-switch-relay-errors : 0xmit-discards : 3Press any key to continue (Q to quit)The following example displays the performance monitoring cumulative counters for all ports that have exceeded thresholds:SFS-7000D> show ib pm port monitor error-counter subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00Related Commands
show ib pm threshold
To view performance monitoring thresholds, enter the show ib pm threshold command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib pm threshold subnet-prefix prefix
Syntax Description
subnet-prefix
Specifies the subnet prefix of the thresholds to view.
prefix
Subnet prefix of the thresholds to view.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Table 3-44 describes the fields in the show ib pm threshold command output.
Examples
The following example displays performance monitoring thresholds:
SFS-7000# show ib pm threshold subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================IB PM Thresholds================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00symbol-errors : nonelink-recovery-errors : nonelink-downs : 1rcv-errors : nonercv-remote-phy-errors : nonercv-switch-relay-errors : nonexmit-discards : nonexmit-constraint-errors : nonercv-constraint-errors : nonelocal-link-integrity-errors : noneexcessive-buf-overrun-errors : nonevl15-droppeds : nonexmit-rate : 1rcv-rate : 1Related Commands
show ib sm configuration
To display information about the subnet managers on your InfiniBand fabric, enter the show ib sm configuration command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm configuration {subnet-prefix prefix | all} [summary]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Table 3-45 describes the fields in the show ib sm configuration command output.
Examples
The following example shows the detailed configuration of a subnet manager:
SFS-7000P# show ib sm configuration subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================Subnet Manager Information================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:01:5f:f2priority : 10sm-key : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00oper-status : masteract-count : 43392sweep-interval(sec) : 10response-timeout(msec) : 200master-poll-intval(sec) : 3master-poll-retries : 2max-active-sms : 0LID-mask-control : 0switch-life-time : 20switch-hoq-life-time : 20host-hoq-life-time : 20max-hops : 64mad-retries : 5node-timeout(sec) : 5wait-report-response : falsesa-mad-queue-depth : 256The following example shows the summary configuration of a subnet manager:
SFS-7000P> show ib sm configuration subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 summary================================================================================Subnet Manager Configuration Summary================================================================================subnet-prefix guid priority sm-key--------------------------------------------------------------------------------fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:01:5f:f2 10 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00SFS-7000P>Related Commands
ib sm
ib-agent
show ib-agent switch
nameshow ib sm db-sync
Use this command to determine the following:
•
•
To display subnet manager synchronization information, enter the show ib sm db-sync command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm db-sync subnet-prefix {prefix | all}
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Table 3-46 describes the fields in the show ib sm db-sync command output.
Examples
The following example displays subnet manager synchronization information:
SFS-7000P> show ib sm db-sync subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================Subnet Manager Database Synchronization Information================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00enable : falsemax-backup-sms : 1session-timeout : 10poll-interval : 3cold-sync-timeout : 10cold-sync-limit : 2cold-sync-period : 900new-session-delay : 120resync-interval : 3600state : not in-syncRelated Commands
show ib sm lft
Use this command to display the following:
•
•
To display linear forwarding information based on the LID block number, enter the show ib sm lft command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode. The command reports only entries that are currently in use by the subnet manager.
show ib sm lft subnet-prefix {prefix | all}[lid lid | node-guid guid]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Table 3-47 describes the fields in the show ib sm lft command output.
Table 3-47 show ib sm lft Command Field Descriptions
NodeGuid
GUID of the switch node in the subnet with the FDB that you want to access.
LID
Local ID of the port.
Port
Port number.
Examples
This example displays linear forwarding information for all subnets based on the LID block number:
SFS-7000D# show ib sm lft subnet-prefix all================================================================================Linear Forwarding Table================================================================================node-guid lid port--------------------------------------------------------------------------------00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 2 0SFS-7000D#show ib sm mft
Use this command to display the following:
•
•
To display multicast forwarding information based on the LID block number, enter the show ib sm mft command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode. The command reports only the entries that are currently in use by a subnet manager.
show ib sm mft subnet-prefix {prefix | all}[lid lid | node-guid guid]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Examples
This example displays multicast forwarding information for all subnets, based on the LID block number:
SFS-3012R> show ib sm mft subnet-prefix all================================================================================ Multicast Forwarding Table ================================================================================ node-guid mlid port-mask(0, 1, 2 ...) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 00:05:ad:00:00:00:02:30 49152 0x1a 00:05:ad:00:00:00:02:30 49153 0x11a 00:05:ad:00:00:00:02:30 49154 0x11a 00:05:ad:00:00:00:02:30 49155 0x118 00:05:ad:00:00:00:02:30 49156 0x118 00:05:ad:00:00:00:02:30 49157 0x118 00:05:ad:00:00:00:02:30 49158 0x118 00:05:ad:00:00:00:02:30 49159 0x118 00:05:ad:00:00:00:02:30 49160 0x118show ib sm multicast
Troubleshoot with this command when a host does not receive a broadcast packet. Use this command to verify that the multicast group includes the host. The subnet manager dynamically configures all multicast groups. To display attributes of the multicast groups on your server switch, enter the show ib sm multicast summary command in user EXEC or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm multicast {subnet-prefix {prefix | all} [mgid multicast-group-GID] [summary] | summary}
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Table 3-48 describes the fields in the show ib sm multicast command output.
Examples
The following example displays a summary of the multicast groups on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# show ib sm multicast summary==============================================================================Summary of Multicast-Groups on Device==============================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00MGID : ff:12:40:1b:ff:f1:00:00:00:00:00:00:ff:ff:ff:ffmulticast-group-members :port-GID : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:05:ad:00:00:00:12:bfmember-join-state : full-memberproxy-join-status : falseThe following example shows a command that provides complete multicast information for multicast groups on the chassis:
SFS-3012R> show ib sm multicast subnet-prefix all================================================================================Multicast-Groups Managed by Specific Subnet Manager================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00MGID : ff:12:05:ad:ff:ff:00:00:00:00:05:ad:ff:ff:ff:ffq-key : 00:00:00:0bMLID : 49158mtu : mtu2048t-class : 0p_key : ff:ffrate : 2500 mbpspacket-life-time : 2SL : 0flow-label : 00:00:00hop-limit : 0scope : link-localuser-configured : falsemulticast-group-members :port-GID : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:05:ad:00:00:01:59:c8member-join-state : full-memberproxy-join-status : falseport-GID : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:05:ad:00:00:02:3c:28member-join-state : full-memberproxy-join-status : falsesubnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00MGID : ff:12:40:1b:80:10:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:01q-key : 00:00:00:0bMLID : 49157mtu : mtu2048t-class : 0p_key : 80:10rate : 2500 mbpspacket-life-time : 2SL : 0flow-label : 00:00:00hop-limit : 0scope : link-localuser-configured : falseRelated Commands
ib sm multicast ipoib
ib sm multicast mgidshow ib sm neighbor
To display the InfiniBand devices that directly connect to your server switch, enter the show ib sm neighbor command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm neighbor
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Table 3-49 describes the fields in the show ib sm neighbor command output.
Examples
The following example displays the GUIDs that connect to your server switch and the GUIDs within your server switch:
Note
SFS-7000D# show ib sm neighbor================================================================================Subnet Management Neighbors================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00local-node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1clocal-port-id : 1local-node-type : switchremote-node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1cremote-port-id : 7remote-node-type : switchlink-state : activelink-width-active : 4xRelated Commands
show ib sm node
Use this command to display the configuration of all the nodes on a subnet or to display the configuration of an individual node. The output can also be displayed in summary form. The summary comprises the subnet-manager prefix, the node GUID and type, and the vendor identification. The node summary includes the node GUID, node type, vendor identification, description, and system-image-guid. To display the configuration and attributes of subnet management nodes in a subnet, enter the show ib sm node command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm node subnet-prefix prefix | all [node-guid guid] [summary]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
All nodes that the subnet manager on your server switch actively manages qualify as subnet management nodes.
Table 3-50 describes the fields in the show ib sm node command output.
Examples
The following example (output abridged) displays the configuration of all the nodes on all the subnets on the InfiniBand fabric:
SFS-7000P# show ib sm node subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================Subnet Management Nodes================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:00:2c:90:01:1b:ba:80description : swfc5 HCA-1 (Topspin HCA)base-version : 1class-version : 1type : channel adapternum-ports : 2port-guid : 00:00:2c:90:01:1b:ba:81partition-cap : 64device-id : 0revision : 0local-portnum : 1vendor-id : 00:2c:90system-image-guid : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:dadescription : Topspin Switch - U1base-version : 1class-version : 1type : switchnum-ports : 8port-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:dapartition-cap : 32device-id : 0revision : 0local-portnum : 6vendor-id : 00:05:adsystem-image-guid : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00The following example displays a node configuration in summary form:
SFS-7000P# show ib sm node subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 node-guid 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:80 summary=======================================================================================Subnet Manager Node Summary=======================================================================================node-guid node-type vendor-id description System-image-guid---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:80 channel adapter 00:05:ad 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00SFS-7000P#Related Commands
show ib sm partition
To display the partitions that the subnet manager on your server switch manages, enter the show ib sm partition command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm partition [[node-guid guid port-num num] | [subnet-prefix val]]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
A single partition can have members that have full-membership, as well as members that have limited membership.
See the Cisco SFS Product Family Element Manager User Guide for detailed information about partitions.
Command Output:
In the output, ff:ff refers to the default partition. Members of partitions are identified by their Node GUID and port-number, as displayed below.
Table 3-51 describes the fields in the show ib sm partition command output.
Examples
The following example displays the configuration of all nodes on all subnets on the InfiniBand fabric:
SFS-7000D# show ib sm partition================================================================================Partitions Managed By The Subnet Managers================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00p_key : ff:ffipoib : enabledpartition-members :node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1cport-number : 0member-type : full-memberSFS-7000D#Related Commands
show ib sm port
Use this command to verify that all ports in your fabric came up when the subnet manager initialized them. To display all InfiniBand ports on the fabric, the nodes to which the ports belong, the capabilities of the ports, and the link statistics of the ports, enter the show ib sm port command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm port subnet-prefix prefix | all [node-guid guid] [summary]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Port information can be reported for all the ports on a specific subnet or all the ports comprising a specific node. The output can also be displayed in summary form.
Table 3-52 describes the fields in the show ib sm port command output.
Examples
The following example displays the details of the ports that the specified subnet manager manages:
SFS-7000D> show ib sm port subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================Subnet Management Ports================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1cif-index : 0mkey : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00gid-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00lid : 2master-sm-lid : 2cap-mask : 00:10:08:4adiag-code : 00:00mkey-lease-period : 0link-width-supported : 1x, 4xlink-width-enabled : 4xlink-width-active : 4xlink-speed-supported : sdrlink-speed-enabled : sdrlink-speed-active : sdrstate : activephy-state : linkuplink-down-def-state : pollingmkey-prot-bits : 0lmc : 0neighbor-mtu : 2048master-sm-SL : 0VL-cap : vl0-vl7VL-high-limit : 0VL-arb-high-cap : 8VL-arb-low-cap : 8mtu-cap : 2048VL-stall-count : 0HOQ-life : 0oper-VL : vl0-vl7in-part-enforce : falseout-part-enforce : falsein-filter-raw-pkt-enf : falseout-filter-raw-pkt-enf : falsemkey-violation : 0pkey-violation : 0qkey-violation : 0guid-cap : 1subnet-timeout : 0resp-time : 17local-phy-error : 0local-overrun-error : 0The following example displays a summary of the ports that the specified subnet manager manages:
SFS-7000D# show ib sm port subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 summary================================================================================Subnet Manager Port Summary================================================================================subnet-prefix node-guid port lid state link--------------------------------------------------------------------------------fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 0 2 active 4x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 1 0 active 4x-ddrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 2 0 active 4x-ddrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 3 0 down 4x-ddrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 4 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 5 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 6 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 7 0 active 4x-ddrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 8 0 active 4x-ddrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 9 0 down 4x-ddrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 10 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 11 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 12 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 13 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 14 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 15 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 16 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 17 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 18 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 19 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 20 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 21 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 22 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 23 0 down 12x-sdrfe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c 24 0 down 12x-sdrSFS-7000D#Related Commands
ib sm
show ib sm configuration
show ib sm multicast
show ib sm neighbor
show ib sm partitionshow ib sm route-around
To display chassis, nodes, and ports that have been specifically excluded from routing calculations, enter the show ib sm route-around command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm route-around subnet-prefix prefix [chassis-guid guid] | [node-guid guid [port-num port]] | [summary]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Chassis, nodes, and ports listed in the output are all excluded from consideration during routing calculations. Examine the output carefully, to ensure paths exist between all endpoints.
Table 3-53 describes the fields in the show ib sm route-around command output.
Examples
The following example displays route-around data for a subnet with two ports on the same node excluded from routing calculations:
SFS-7000D# show ib sm route-around subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================Route Around Managed By The Subnet Manager================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1cport-num : 3subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1cport-num : 5SFS-7000D#The following example shows the same information in summary form:
SFS-7000D# show ib sm route-around subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 summary================================================================================Summary of Route Around Entries Managed By Specific Subnet Manager================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================Type : Guid : Port-Num :================================================================================port : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c: 3port : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c: 5SFS-7000D#The following example displays route-around information for a subnet with one node excluded from routing calculations:
SFS-7000D# show ib sm route-around subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================Route Around Managed By The Subnet Manager================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1cSFS-7000D#Related Commands
show ib sm service
To display services available on your subnet, enter the show ib sm service command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm service [subnet-prefix prefix [p_key pkey | service-gid GID | service-id ID]] [summary]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Services represent actions or functions that a node can perform across the network at the request of another node. Nodes register their services with the subnet manager so other nodes can discover and use these services. The Global identifier of a service matches the Global identifier of the host that provides the service.
Table 3-54 describes the fields in the show ib sm service command output.
Examples
The following example displays the services on the server switch:
SFS-7000# show ib sm service subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00================================================================================Summary of Services on Device================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00service-id : 10:00:0c:e1:00:41:54:53GID : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:02:c9:02:00:00:24:41p_key : ff:fflease : indefiniteservice-key : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00service-name : DAPL Address Translation Serviceservice-data :data-8 : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:c0:a8:01:02data-16 : 0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000data-32 : 00000000:00000000:00000000:00000000data-64 : 0000000000000000:0000000000000000subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00service-id : 10:00:0c:e1:00:41:54:53GID : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:02:c9:02:00:00:24:7dp_key : ff:fflease : indefiniteservice-key : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00service-name : DAPL Address Translation Serviceservice-data :data-8 : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:c0:a8:01:01data-16 : 0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000data-32 : 00000000:00000000:00000000:00000000data-64 : 0000000000000000:0000000000000000The following example displays a summary of the services on the server switch:
SFS-7000# show ib sm service subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 summary================================================================================Summary of Services on Device================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00service-id : 10:00:0c:e1:00:41:54:53GID : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:02:c9:02:00:00:24:41service-data :data-8 : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:c0:a8:01:02data-16 : 0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000data-32 : 00000000:00000000:00000000:00000000data-64 : 0000000000000000:0000000000000000subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00service-id : 10:00:0c:e1:00:41:54:53GID : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:02:c9:02:00:00:24:7dservice-data :data-8 : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:c0:a8:01:01data-16 : 0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000data-32 : 00000000:00000000:00000000:00000000data-64 : 0000000000000000:0000000000000000Related Commands
ib sm
show ib sm configuration
show ib sm multicast
show ib sm neighbor
show ib sm partition
show ib sm portshow ib sm sm-info
To display subnet manager information maintained by the subnet manager on this device, enter the show ib sm sm-info command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm sm-info subnet-prefix subnet-prefix [port-guid port-guid] [summary]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Examples
This example displays subnet manager information:
SFS-7000P# show ib sm sm-info subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 summary================================================================================Summary of Discovered Subnet Managers in Fabric================================================================================subnet-prefix port-guid priority state--------------------------------------------------------------------------------fe:80:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:01:5f:f2 10Related Commands
show ib sm subscription
To display event subscriptions or information records managed by your subnet manager on this device, enter the show ib sm subscription command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm subscription subnet-prefix subnet-prefix [lid LID] [node-guid GUID [port-num port-num]] [summary]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Subscriptions represent the local ID of a node, which matches the local ID of the host that provides the service. The global ID of a service matches the global ID of the host that provides the service.
Table 3-55 describes the fields in the show ib sm service command output.
Examples
The following example displays a summary of the event subscriptions managed on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# show ib sm subscription subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 summary ================================================================================ Summary of Event Subscriptions Managed ================================================================================ LID node-guid port-num LID-range is-generic trap-num-device-id -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 985 00:05:ad:00:00:01:29:aa 1 65535-0 true 65 993 00:05:ad:00:00:01:29:ad 1 65535-0 true 65SFS-7000P# show ib sm subscription subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 node-guid 00:05:ad:00:00:01:29:aa================================================================================ Summary of Event Subscriptions Managed ================================================================================ subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 LID : 985 node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:01:29:aa port-num : 1 source-QPN : 00:00:01 GID : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 LID-range-start : 65535 LID-range-end : 0 is-generic : true trap-num-device-id : 65producer-type-vendor-id : subnet-management type : subnet-management resp-time-value : 0Related Commands
ib sm
show ib sm configuration
show ib sm multicast
show ib sm neighbor
show ib sm partition
show ib sm portshow ib sm switch
To display the attributes of all InfiniBand switches in your fabric (for debug purposes), enter the show ib sm switch command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm switch {subnet-prefix prefix | all} [node-guid guid][summary]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Switch information can be reported for all the switches on a specific subnet or all the switches comprising a specific node. The output can also be displayed in summary form.
Table 3-56 describes the fields in the show ib sm switch command output.
Examples
The following example displays attributes of the InfiniBand switch with a GUID of 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c:
SFS-7000D> show ib sm switch subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 node-guid 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c================================================================================Subnet Management Switches================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1clinear-fdb-cap : 49152random-fdb-cap : 0mcast-fdb-cap : 1024linear-fdb-top : 10240default-port : 0def-pri-mcast-port : 255def-non-pri-mcast-port : 255life-time-value : 20port-state-change : port in transitionlids-per-port : 0partition-enf-cap : 32in-enf-cap : trueout-enf-cap : truein-filter-raw-pkt-cap : trueout-filter-raw-pkt-cap : trueSFS-7000D>The following example displays the switches of a subnet in summary form:
SFS-7000P# show ib sm switch subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 summary============================================================================Subnet Manager Switch Summary==============================================================subnet-prefix node-guid----------------------------------------------------------------------------fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:7ffe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:81fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:83fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:85fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:87fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:89SFS-7000P#Related Commands
ib sm
show ib sm configuration
show ib sm multicast
show ib sm neighbor
show ib sm partition
show ib sm portshow ib sm switch-elem-route
This command displays all the external ports of all the server switches through which traffic enters and exits as it travels from the source LID to the destination LID. To display the subnet manager route switch element table, enter the show ib sm switch-elem-route command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm switch-elem-route subnet-prefix {prefix [src-lid srclid dst-lid dstlid] | all} [summary]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Table 3-57 describes the field of the show ib sm switch-elem-route command output.
Examples
The following example displays the subnet manager route switch element table for one source and destination:
SFS-7000P# show ib sm switch-elem-route subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 src-lid 858 dst-lid 857================================================================================SM Switch Route Element================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00src-lid : 858dst-lid : 857chassis-GUID : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:03:00input-port : 0/7output-port : 0/8The following example displays a summary of the subnet manager route switch element table for one source and destination:
SFS-7000P# show ib sm switch-elem-route subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 src-lid 889 dst-lid 9 summary================================================================================SM Switch Route Elements Summary================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00src-lid : 1dst-lid : 1Related Commands
show ib sm switch-route
This command displays all the ports, both internal and external, of all the server switches through which traffic travels from a source LID to a destination LID. The complete path that traffic takes through the InfiniBand fabric from the source LID to the destination LID, enter the show ib sm switch-route command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ib sm switch-route subnet-prefix {prefix [src-lid srclid dst-lid dstlid] | all} [summary]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Table 3-58 describes the fields in the command output.
Examples
The following example displays all switch routes:
SFS-7000P# show ib sm switch-route subnet-prefix all================================================================================SM Switch Route================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00src-lid : 2dst-lid : 2subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00src-lid : 2dst-lid : 889subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00src-lid : 889dst-lid : 2node-GUID : 00:05:ad:00:00:02:5a:95input-port : 5output-port : 0subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00src-lid : 889dst-lid : 889The following example displays the switch route for one source/destination LID pair:
SFS-7000P# show ib sm switch-route subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 src-lid 858 dst-lid 857================================================================================SM Switch Route================================================================================subnet-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00src-lid : 858dst-lid : 857node-GUID : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:03:00input-port : 7output-port : 8Related Commands
show ib-agent channel-adapter
To view the attributes of InfiniBand agents for channel adapters (gateways and controllers) on your server switch, enter the show ib-agent channel-adapter command in privileged EXEC mode or user EXEC mode.
show ib-agent channel-adapter node-info
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Each system channel adapter runs its own subnet-management agent.
Table 3-59 describes the fields in the show ib-agent channel-adapter command output.
Examples
The following example displays the attributes of the InfiniBand host with a GUID of 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:17:
SFS-3012# show ib-agent channel-adapter 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:17 node-info============================================================================SMA Node Information============================================================================guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:17type : adapterlid : 14base-version : 1class-version : 1port-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:18partition-cap : 64device-id : 5a:44revision : 00:00:00:a0local-port-num : 1vendor-id : 00:05:adtrap-buffer :num-ports : 2string : slot 7: /dev/ts_ua0guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:17type : adapterlid : 0base-version : 1class-version : 1port-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:18partition-cap : 64device-id : 5a:44revision : 00:00:00:a0local-port-num : 1vendor-id : 00:05:adtrap-buffer :num-ports : 2string : slot 7: /dev/ts_ua0Related Commands
show ib-agent summary
To view the attributes of all InfiniBand agents on your server switch, enter the show ib-agent summary command in privileged EXEC mode or user EXEC mode.
show ib-agent summary
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Subnet-management agent information can be displayed in a summary form. This summary helps you assign IP addresses to Ethernet interface gateways because the summary supplies much of the important information you need to configure gateways, such as GUID and LID values.
This command is also useful for gathering information about which GUIDs are present in which switch chassis. Also, use this command when working with output that is presented in terms of GUIDs, for example, output from the show sm commands. Having a list of GUIDs for each switch chassis in the network is necessary for locating a GUID.
Table 3-60 describes the fields in the show ib-agent summary command output.
Examples
The following example displays a summary of all the SMA nodes:
SFS-7000P# show ib-agent summary============================================================================SMA Node Information Summary============================================================================slot type state port guid string lid----------------------------------------------------------------------------7 adapter active 1 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:17 slot 7: /dev/ts_ua0 147 adapter down 2 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:17 slot 7: /dev/ts_ua0 016 switch active 0 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:7f slot 16: /dev/ts_ua0 216 switch active 0 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:81 slot 16: /dev/ts_ua1 416 switch active 0 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:83 slot 16: /dev/ts_ua2 616 switch active 0 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:85 slot 16: /dev/ts_ua3 816 switch active 0 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:87 slot 16: /dev/ts_ua4 1016 switch active 0 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:89 slot 16: /dev/ts_ua5 121 adapter down 1 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:f3 slot 1: /dev/ts_ua0 01 adapter active 2 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:f3 slot 1: /dev/ts_ua0 14 adapter active 1 00:05:ad:00:00:00:14:14 slot 4: /dev/ts_ua0 154 adapter down 2 00:05:ad:00:00:00:14:14 slot 4: /dev/ts_ua0 0SFS-7000P#Related Commands
ib sm
ib-agent
show ib sm configuration
show ib sm multicast
show ib sm neighbor
show ib sm partition
show ib sm portshow ib-agent switch
To view the attributes of InfiniBand agents for switches on your server switch, enter the show ib-agent switch command in privileged EXEC mode or user EXEC mode.
show ib-agent switch {guid | all} {linear-frd-info lid {lids | all} | mcast-info lid {lids | all} | node-info | pkey-info | port-info | sl-vl-map | switch-info}
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Table 3-61 describes the fields in the linear-frd-info keyword output.
Table 3-61 linear-frd-info Keyword Output Field Descriptions
switch-guid
GUID of the switch.
lid
LID of the port.
0 - 7
Represents ports 0 - 7 on an InfiniBand switch card.
Table 3-62 describes the fields in the mcast-info keyword output.
Table 3-63 describes the fields in the node-info keyword output.
Table 3-64 describes the fields in the port-info keyword output.
Table 3-64 port-info Keyword Output Field Descriptions
node-guid
64-bit GUID of the SMA node to which this port belongs.
port
Number of the port on the SMA node.
mkey
64-bit management key for the port. For more information, see sections 14.2.4, "Management Key" and 3.5.3, "Keys," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
gid-prefix
64-bit global IDprefix for this port. The subnet manager assigns this prefix. For more information, see section 4.1.3, "Local Identifiers," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
lid
16-bit base LID of the port.
master-SML-id
16-bit base LID of the master subnet manager that manages this port.
capability-mask
32-bit bitmask that specifies the supported capabilities of the port.
A bit value of 1 (one) indicates a supported capability. The bits are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Values are expressed in hexadecimal.
diag-code
16-bit diagnostic code. For more information, see section 14.2.5.6.1, "Interpretation of Diagcode," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
mkey-lease-period
Initial value of the lease-period timer, in seconds. The lease period indicates the length of time that the M_Key protection bits remain non-zero after a SubnSet (Portinfo) fails an M_Key check. After the lease period expires, clearing the M_Key protection bits allows any subnet manager to read (and then set) the M_Key. Set this field to 0 to indicate that the lease period never expires. For more information, see section 14.2.4, "Management Key," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
local-port-num
Number of the link port that received this SNMP request.
link-width-supported
Supported link width. Value can be any of the following:
•
•
•
link-width-enabled
Integer value that indicates the enabled link-width sets for this port. The value can be any of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
link-width active
Active width of the link. Value can be 1x, 4x, or 12x.
link-speed-supported
Supported link speed. This value appears as one of the following:
•
•
link-speed-enabled
Maximum speed that the link can handle. This value can be one of the following:
•
•
•
link-speed-active
Speed of an active link. The field displays sdr or ddr.
state
Displays the logical state of the port. If this parameter is anything other than "down," it indicates that the port has successfully completed link negotiation and is physically communicating with another port in the subnet. The most common states are down, init, and active. Init means that the port has completed its physical negotiation, but the subnet manager has not yet brought it to the active state, so it cannot yet transmit or receive data traffic. Active means the port is fully operational. See the "PortInfo" section of the Subnet Management chapter of the InfiniBand specification for more information.
port-phys
Displays the physical state of the port. This parameter indicates the state of the low-level hardware link negotiation. The most common states are polling, disabled, and linkup. Polling means that the port is enabled but is not communicating with another port. Disabled means that the port is shut down and will not communicate with another port, even if connected. Linkup means that the port has complete link negotiations with another port and is physically ready to pass traffic. See the "PortInfo" section of the Subnet Management chapter of the InfiniBand specification for more information.
link-down-def
LinkDown state to return to. The value appears as noStateChange, sleeping, or polling. For more information, see section 5.5.2, "Status Outputs," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
mkey-protect-bits
Management key protection bits for the port. The bits are 0, 1, 2, and 3. For more information, see section 14.2.4.1, "Levels of Protection," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
lmc
Local-identifier mask control (LMC) for multipath support. A LMC resides on each channel adapter and router port on the subnet. It provides multiple virtual ports within a single physical port. The value of the LMC specifies the number of path bits in the LID. A value of 0 allows one LID on the port. For more information, see sections 3.5.10, "Addressing" and 4.1.3, "Local Identifiers," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
neighbor-MTU
Active maximum transmission unit (MTU) enabled on this port for transmission. The subnet manager is responsible for checking the MTUCap on both ends of a link and setting the neighbor-MTU on both sides appropriately. The value appears as 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096.
master-sm-sl
Administrative service level required for this port to send a non-SMP message to the subnet manager.
VL-cap
Maximum range of data virtual lanes (VLs) supported by this port.
VL-high-limit
Maximum high-priority limit on the number of bytes allowed for transmitting high-priority packets when both ends of a link operate with multiple data virtual lanes. Used with the virtual-lane arbitration table. The maximum high-limit is determined by checking the v1-arbitration-high-cap on the other side of the link and then negotiating downward.
VL-arbitration-high-cap
Highest arbitration value allowed by the arbiter in determining the next packet in a set of packets to transmit across the link. Used with the virtual-lane arbitration table and specified as a VL/Weight pair. For more information, see section 14.2.5.9, "VL Arbitration Table," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
VL-arbitration-low-cap
Lowest arbitration value allowed by the arbiter in determining the next packet in a set of packets to transmit across the link. Used with the virtual-lane arbitration table and specified as a VL/Weight pair. For more information, see section 14.2.5.9, "VL Arbitration Table," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
MTU-cap
Determines, with neighbor-mtu, the maximum transmission size supported on this port. The lesser of MTU-cap and neighbor-mtu determines the actual MTU used. The value appears as 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096.
VL-stall-count
Number of sequentially dropped packets at which the port enters a VLStalled state. For more information, see section 18.2.5.4, "Transmitter Queuing," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
HOQ-life
Maximum duration allowed to packets at the head of a virtual-lane queue. Used with VLStallCount to determine the outgoing packets to discard.
op-VLs
Administrative limit for the number of virtual lanes allowed to the link. Do not set this above the VLCap value.
pkey-enf-in
Boolean value that indicated whether or not to support optional partition enforcement for the packets that were received by this port.
pkey-enf-out
Boolean value that indicates whether or not to support optional partition enforcement for the packets transmitted by this port.
filter-raw-pkt-in
Boolean value that indicates whether or not to support optional raw packet enforcement for the raw packets that were received by this port.
filter-raw-pkt-out
Boolean value that indicates whether or not to support optional raw packet enforcement for the raw packets transmitted by this port.
mkey-violations
Number of subnet management packets (SMPs) that have been received on this port with invalid M_Keys since initial power-up or last reset. For more information see section 14.2.4, "Management Key," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
pkey-violations
Number of subnet management packets that have been received on this port with invalid P_Keys since initial power-up or the last reset. For more information, see section 9.2.7, "Partition Key," in InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1.
qkey-violations
Number of subnet management packets that have been received on this port with invalid Q_Keys since initial power up or the last reset. For more information, see InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1, section 10.2.4, "Q Keys."
guid-cap
Number of GUID entries allowed for this port in the port table. For more information, see InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1, section 14.2.5.5, "GUIDCap."
subnet-timeout
Maximum propagation delay allowed for this port to reach any other port in the subnet. This value also affects the maximum rate at which traps can be sent from this port.
resp-time-value
Maximum time allowed between the port reception of a subnet management packet and the transmission of the associated response. For more information, see InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1, section 13.4.6.2, "Timers and Timeouts."
local-phys-err
Threshold at which ICRC, VCRC, FCCRC, and all physical errors result in an entry into the BAD PACKET or BAD PACKET DISCARD states of the local packet receiver. For more information, see InfiniBand Architecture®, Vol. 1, Release 1.1, section 7.12.2, "Error Recovery Procedures."
overrun-err
Threshold at which the count of buffer overruns across consecutive flow-control update periods results in an overrun error.
sl-vl-map
Service lane to virtual lane map. Fields in this mapping as described in Table 3-65.
Table 3-65 describes the fields in the sl-vl-map keyword output.
Table 3-66 describes the switch info keyword output fields.
The following example displays the linear forwarding details of the InfiniBand switch:
SFS-7000P# show ib-agent switch 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:7f linear-frd-info lid 2======================================================================Linear Forwarding Information======================================================================switch-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:7flid 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7--- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----0 0SFS-7000P#The following example displays the multicast information of the InfiniBand switch:
SFS-7000P# show ib-agent switch 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:7f mcast-info lid all=========================================================================Multicast Information=========================================================================node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:7fblock-index : 0lid port-mask49152 00:0049153 00:0049154 00:0049155 00:0049156 00:0049157 00:0049158 00:0049159 00:0049160 00:0049161 00:0049162 00:0049163 00:0049164 00:00...The following example displays attributes of the InfiniBand nodes that connect to the switch:
SFS-7000P# show ib-agent switch all node-info======================================================================SMA Node Information======================================================================guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:7ftype : switchlid : 2base-version : 1class-version : 1port-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:7fpartition-cap : 1device-id : a8:7crevision : 00:00:00:a0local-port-num : 255vendor-id : 00:05:adtrap-buffer :num-ports : 9string : slot 16: /dev/ts_ua0The following example displays the port attributes of the switch:
SFS-7000D# show ib-agent switch 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1c port-info================================================================================Port Information================================================================================node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:1e:1cport : 0mkey : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00gid-prefix : fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00lid : 2master-sm-lid : 2capability-mask : 00:10:08:4adiag-code : 00:00mkey-lease-period : 00:00local-port-num : 0link-width-supported : 1x, 4xlink-width-enabled : 4xlink-width-active : 4xlink-speed-supported : sdrlink-speed-enabled : sdrlink-speed-active : sdrstate : activeport-phys : linkuplink-down-def : pollingmkey-protect-bits : 0lmc : 0neighbor-mtu : 2048master-sm-sl : 0vl-cap : VL0 - VL7vl-high-limit : 0vl-arbitration-high-cap : 8vl-arbitration-low-cap : 8mtu-cap : 2048vl-stall-count : 0hoq-life : 0op-vls : VL0 - VL7pkey-enf-in : 0pkey-enf-out : 0filter-raw-pkt-in : 0filter-raw-pkt-out : 0mkey-violations : 0pkey-violations : 0qkey-violations : 0guid-cap : 1subnet-timeout : 0resp-timeout : 17local-phys-err : 0overrun-err : 0The following example displays the service level to virtual lane mapping table on the switch:
SFS-7000P# show ib-agent switch 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:7f sl-vl-map======================================================================SLVL-Map Table======================================================================node-guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:13:7fin-ib-port : 0out-ib-port : 0sl0toVl : 0sl1toVl : 0sl2toVl : 0sl3toVl : 0sl4toVl : 0sl5toVl : 0sl6toVl : 0sl7toVl : 0sl8toVl : 0sl9toVl : 0sl10toVl : 0sl11toVl : 0sl12toVl : 0sl13toVl : 0sl14toVl : 0sl15toVl : 0...The following example displays SMA switch information:
SFS-7000P# show ib-agent switch all switch-info============================================================================SMA Switch Information============================================================================guid : 00:05:ad:00:00:00:02:40lft-cap : 49152rft-cap : 0mft-cap : 1024lft-top : 1024default-port : 255def-mcast-pri-port : 255def-mcast-NP-port : 255life-time-value : 11port-state-change : 0lids-per-port : 0partition-enf-cap : 64inbound-enf-cap : 1outbound-enf-cap : 1filter-raw-pkt-in-cap : 1filter-raw-pkt-out-cap : 1Related Commands
ib sm
show ib sm configuration
show ib sm neighbor
show ib sm partition
show ib sm portshow interface ethernet
To display the attributes of Ethernet ports, enter the show interface ethernet command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show interface ethernet {port-selection | all} [ip {ip-address | all} ip-info | ip-backup {backup-address | all} | statistics]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-only user.
Use this command to help diagnose Ethernet connectivity problems.
Table 3-67 describes the fields in the show interface ethernet command output.
Table 3-68 describes the fields in the ip keyword output.
Table 3-69 describes the fields in the ip-info keyword output.
Table 3-70 describes the fields in the ip-backup keyword output.
Table 3-70 describes the fields in the statistics keyword output.
Examples
The following example shows the general information about a specific IP address on an Ethernet interface port:
SFS-7000P# show inter ether 4/1 ip 10.3.22.4======================================================================IP Address Table======================================================================port address mask bcast-addr reasm type statusformat max-size----------------------------------------------------------------------4/1 10.3.22.4 255.255.255.0 1 0 primary activeSFS-7000P#The following examples displays statistical data regarding the IP transactions of all the IP addresses on an interface port. Statistical data is comprised of transmission errors, requests, discards, packet fragments, and so on.
SFS-7000P# show inter ether 4/1 ip all ip-info======================================================================IP Information======================================================================port : 4/1default-ttl : 0in-receives : 0in-hdr-errors : 0in-addr-errors : 0forw-datagrams : 0in-unknown-protos : 0in-discards : 0in-delivers : 0out-requests : 0out-discards : 0out-no-routes : 0frag-OKs : 0frag-fails : 0frag-creates : 0SFS-7000P#The following example displays traffic statistics for port 4/1:
SFS-7000P# show interface ethernet 4/1 statistics======================================================================Ethernet Interface Statistics======================================================================port : 4/1name : 4/1 (257)in-octets : 0in-ucast-pkts : 0in-multicast-pkts : 0in-broadcast-pkts : 0in-discards : 0in-errors : 0in-unknown-protos : 0out-octets : 0out-ucast-pkts : 0out-multicast-pkts : 0out-broadcast-pkts : 0out-discards : 0out-errors : 0alignment-errors : 0fcs-errors : 0single-collision-frames : 0multiple-collision-frames : 0sqe-test-errors : 0deferred-transmissions : 0late-collisions : 0excessive-collisions : 0internal-mac-transmit-errors : 0carrier-sense-errors : 0frame-too-longs : 0internal-mac-receive-errors : 0SFS-7000P#Related Commands
half-duplex
ip address (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
trunk-groupshow interface fc
To display the attributes of Fibre Channel ports, enter the show interface fc command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show interface fc {port-selection | all} [statistics | targets | virtual-ports]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-only user.
The administrative (admin) status, speed, and connection-type reflect the values you had assigned. The operational (oper) status, speed, and connection-type reflect the values derived from the physical hardware and its connections. This situation allows you to verify your configuration settings against the actual hardware. The admin/oper pairs do not have to match for you to use the card. However, if there is a mismatch, the operational value is used.
Table 3-72 describes the fields in the show interface fc command output.
Table 3-73 describes the fields in the statistics keyword output.
Table 3-74 describes the fields in the targets keyword output.
Table 3-75 describes the fields in the virtual-ports keyword output.
Examples
The following example shows the output of the show interface fc command without the statistics keyword:
SFS-7000P# show interface fc 5/1======================================================================Fibre Channel Interface Info======================================================================port : 5/1name : 5/1type : fc2GFXdesc : 5/1 (321)last-change : nonefc-address : 00:00:00wwnn : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00wwpn : 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00mtu : 2080auto-negotiate-supported : yesauto-negotiate : enabledadmin-status : upoper-status : downadmin-speed : 2gbpsoper-speed : unknownoper-duplex : unknownadmin-connection-type : force-NLoper-connection-type : downlink-trap : enabledThe following example displays all FC targets that the FC interfaces encounter:
SFS-7000P# show interface fc all targets===============================================================================Fc Targets===============================================================================wwpn: 50:06:01:60:10:20:4e:31wwnn: 50:06:01:60:90:20:4e:31description: SRP.T10:5006016010204E31ioc-guid: 00:05:ad:00:00:01:38:80service-name: SRP.T10:5006016010204E31protocol-ids: 04:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00fc-address: 61:07:13mtu: 0connection-type: nl-portphysical-access: 9/2wwpn: 50:06:01:68:10:20:4e:31wwnn: 50:06:01:60:90:20:4e:31description: SRP.T10:5006016810204E31ioc-guid: 00:05:ad:00:00:01:38:80service-name: SRP.T10:5006016810204E31protocol-ids: 04:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00<output truncated>The following example displays all virtual ports on the interface:
SFS-7000P# show interface fc all virtual-ports===============================================================================Fc Virtual Ports===============================================================================guid: 00:05:ad:00:00:12:34:56extension: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00initiator-description: kauaiwwnn: 20:01:00:05:ad:01:5a:5cport: 9/1wwpn: 20:01:00:05:ad:91:5a:5cfc-address: 61:0a:02guid: 00:05:ad:00:00:12:34:56extension: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00initiator-description: kauaiwwnn: 20:01:00:05:ad:01:5a:5cport: 9/2wwpn: 20:01:00:05:ad:95:5a:5cfc-address: 61:05:02Related Commands
fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted
fc srp-global itl
fc srp it
fc srp target
show fc srp initiator
typeshow interface gateway
To display attributes of the internal InfiniBand gateway ports of Fibre Channel and Ethernet expansion modules, enter the show interface gateway command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show interface gateway slot-selection [fc srp initiator-target guid extension | {ip | ip-backup} {ip-address | all} | sma {node-info | port-info [details]}| statistics]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-only user.
Use this command to troubleshoot connectivity issues. Verify that the show output matches the configuration file.
Table 3-76 describes the fields in the show interface gateway command output.
Table 3-77 describes the fields that appear when you use the fc srp initiator-target argument with the show interface gateway command.
Table 3-78 describes the fields that appear when you use the ip keyword with the show interface gateway command.
Table 3-79 describes the fields that appear when you use the ip-backup keyword with the show interface gateway command.
Note
Table 3-80 describes the fields that appear when you use the statistics keyword with the show interface gateway command.
Examples
The following example displays the attributes of the IP address of the gateway port:
:SFS-7000P# show interface gateway 5 ip all======================================================================IP Address Table======================================================================port address mask bcast-addr reasm type statusformat max-size----------------------------------------------------------------------------4/0 10.3.22.0 255.255.255.0 1 0 primary activeSFS-7000P#The following example uses the show interface gateway command to display general gateway properties. The information fields displayed depend upon the interface type. The example below displays the properties of a Fibre Channel gateway port. To see the properties of an Ethernet port, see the description of the "show interface ethernet" section.
SFS-7000P# show interface gateway 4==============================================================================================================================Gateway Information===============================================================gateway : 4name : 4/0type : fc-gatewaydesc : 4/0 (320)last-change : nonemtu : 0admin-status : upoper-status : upSFS-7000P#The following example displays traffic statistics for the internal gateway port:
SFS-7000P# show inter gateway 2 stat===============================================================Gateway Statistics===============================================================slot-id: 2link-events: 0srp-cmds-outstanding: 0srp-cmds-completed: 0srp-errors: 0srp-initiated-ios: 0srp-bytes-read: 0srp-bytes-written: 0srp-connections: 0fcp-cmds-outstanding: 0fcp-cmds-completed: 0fcp-errors: 0fcp-initiated-ios: 0fcp-bytes-read: 0fcp-bytes-written: 0SFS-7000P#Related Commands
fc srp initiator
fc srp it
show ipshow interface ib
To display attributes of InfiniBand ports, enter the show interface ib command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show interface ib port-selection [sma {node-info | port-info [detail]} | statistics]
Syntax Description
Defaults
See Table 3-81 through Table 3-85.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
InfiniBand read-only user.
Without the optional sma or statistics keywords, the show interface ib command displays general information about the InfiniBand interface port, such as its administrative status, its operational speed and status, and duplex mode.
Table 3-81 describes the fields in the show interface ib command output.
The administrative (admin) status, speed, and connection-type reflect the values you had assigned. The operational (oper) status, speed, and connection-type reflect the values derived from the physical hardware and its connections. This allows you to verify your configuration settings against the actual hardware. The admin/oper pairs do not have to match for you to use the card. However, if there is a mismatch, the oper value is used.
Table 3-82 describes the fields that appear when you use the sma node-info argument with the show interface ib command.
Table 3-83 describes the fields that appear when you use the sma port-info argument with the show interface ib command.
Table 3-84 describes the fields that appear when you use the sma port-info details argument with the show interface ib command.
Table 3-85 describes the fields that appear when you use the statistics keyword with the show interface ib command.
Examples
The following example shows the output of the show interface ib command without the sma or statistics keywords:
SFS-7000D> show interface ib 2================================================================================InfiniBand Interface Information================================================================================port : 2name : 2type : ib4xTXPDdesc : 2 (66)last-change : Wed Sep 6 13:40:08 2006mtu : 2048auto-negotiate-supported : yesauto-negotiate : enabledadmin-status : upoper-status : upadmin-speed : 4x-ddr(20gbps)oper-speed : 4x-ddr(20gbps)link-trap : enabledphy-state : link-updongle-type : nonedongle-state : no-state-changeThe following example shows the output of the show interface ib command with the statistics keyword:
SFS-270# show interface ib 4/7 statisticsInfiniBand Interface Statistics================================================================================port : 4/7name : 4/7in-octets : 0in-ucast-pkts : 0in-multicast-pkts : 0in-broadcast-pkts : 0in-discards : 0in-errors : 0in-unknown-protos : 0out-octets : 0out-ucast-pkts : 0out-multicast-pkts : 0out-broadcast-pkts : 0out-discards : 0out-errors : 0Related Commands
show interface mgmt-ethernet
To show the configuration of the Ethernet Management port on the controller card of your server switch, enter the show interface mgmt-ethernet command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show interface mgmt-ethernet
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The gateway address value defaults to 0.0.0.0.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
The Ethernet Management port is an Out-of-Band Management (OBM) port that provides network access to the system chassis in order to run remote CLI and Element Manager sessions. The port must be configured before it can be used.
This command displays the administrative status of the interface port, its assigned IP address and subnet mask, plus the IP address of the gateway port used to connect to the Ethernet Management port. If the Ethernet host is directly connected to the Ethernet Management port, without having to go through Ethernet switches, the default gateway-addr value is 0.0.0.0.
On the Cisco SFS 3012R, you can access the Ethernet Management port on the currently active controller card only. The CLI always defaults to port 2 on the active controller card.
Table 3-86 describes the fields that appear in the show interface mgmt-ethernet command output.
Table 3-86 show interface mgmt-ethernet Command Output Fields
port
Ethernet management port number, in slot#/port# format.
mac-address
MAC address of the Ethernet management port.
auto-negotiate
Displays enabled if the port automatically negotiates link speed.
admin-status
Displays up if you enabled the port and down if you disabled the port.
ip-addr
IP address of the port.
mask
Subnet mask of the port.
gateway-addr
Gateway configured for the port.
addr-option
Address option of the port (see the command: addr-option).
Examples
The following example displays the configuration of the Ethernet Management port on the active controller:
SFS-7000D> show interface mgmt-ethernet================================================================================Mgmt-Ethernet Information================================================================================mac-address : 00:05:ad:00:1e:1cauto-negotiate : enabledadmin-status : upoper-status : upip-addr : 172.29.230.60mask : 255.255.0.0gateway-addr : 172.29.230.1addr-option : staticSFS-7000D>Related Commands
gateway
ip address (Ethernet management interface configuration submode)show interface mgmt-ib
To display the status and address information for the virtual InfiniBand Management port, enter the show interface mgmt-ib command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show interface mgmt-ib
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Use this command to verify that you have configured your InfiniBand Management port successfully. Compare this output to the configuration file and check for discrepancies. You must configure the InfiniBand Management port successfully to run Telnet, SSH, and Element Manager.
Examples
The following example displays the status and address information of the InfiniBand Management port:
SFS-3012R# SFS-3012R> show interface mgmt-ib================================================================================Mgmt-InfiniBand Information================================================================================descr : Inband Management Portadmin-status : downip-addr : 10.10.10.4mask : 255.255.255.0gateway-addr : 0.0.0.0mtu : 2044pkey : 80:80Related Commands
gateway
telnet
ip address (InfiniBand management interface configuration submode)
pkeyshow interface mgmt-serial
This command displays the default configuration. This configuration cannot be changed. To display the configuration of the Serial Console port on the controller card of your server switch, enter the show interface mgmt-serial command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show interface mgmt-serial
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
The Serial Console port is the initial connection point with the system chassis and is used to configure the Ethernet Management and Infiniband Management ports. This port must be configured and a management station attached before any interaction with the system chassis is possible.
For the Cisco SFS 3012R, you can access the serial console port only on the currently active controller card.
Examples
The following example displays the default interface management serial configuration:
SFS-7000P# show interface mgmt-serial===============================================================Mgmt-Serial Information===============================================================baud-rate : 9600data-bits : 8stop-bits : 1parity : offSFS-7000P#Related Commands
show interface mgmt-ethernet
show interface mgmt-ib
shutdownshow inventory
To display the inventory of your server switch and to see a description of the chassis and slots, enter the show inventory command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show inventory
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000DPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Table 3-87 describes the fields in the show inventory command output.
Table 3-87 Show Inventory Output
Name
Name of the switch.
Description
Description of the chassis or slot.
PID
Password ID.
VID
Volume ID.
SN
Serial number.
Examples
The following example displays the inventory of a server switch:
SFS-7008P# show inventory ================================================================================ Inventory Information ================================================================================ NAME : "chassis-0x5ad00000019d1" , DESCR : "Cisco Topspin 270 Chassis" PID : TOPSPIN-270 , VID : B0 , SN : USP041800095 NAME : "slot-1" , DESCR : "Cisco Topspin 270 Powered 4x LIM Card" PID : TS270LIM4XCP , VID : B0 , SN : PY0410xxxxxx NAME : "slot-5" , DESCR : "Cisco Topspin 270 12X LIM Card" PID : TS270LIM12XCP , VID : B0 , SN : PY0430000002 NAME : "slot-6" , DESCR : "Cisco Topspin 270 12X LIM Card" PID : TS270LIM12XCP , VID : B0 , SN : PY0430000014 NAME : "slot-7" , DESCR : "Cisco Topspin 270 Powered 4x LIM Card" PID : TS270LIM4XCP , VID : B0 , SN : PY0410xxxxxx NAME : "slot-8" , DESCR : "Cisco Topspin 270 Powered 4x LIM Card" PID : TS270LIM4XCP , VID : B0 , SN : PY0410xxxxxx NAME : "slot-9" , DESCR : "Cisco Topspin 270 Fabric Card" PID : TS270FABRIC , VID : B1 , SN : USP041300011 NAME : "slot-11" , DESCR : "Cisco Topspin 270 Fabric Card" PID : TS270FABRIC , VID : B1 , SN : USP041300010 NAME : "slot-12" , DESCR : "Cisco Topspin 270 Fabric Card" PID : TS270FABRIC , VID : B1 , SN : USP041200010 NAME : "slot-13" , DESCR : "Cisco Topspin 270 Fabric Card" PID : TS270FABRIC , VID : A0 , SN : USP034000008 NAME : "slot-16" , DESCR : "Cisco Topspin 270 Management I/O Card" PID : TS270MGMTIO , VID : A5 , SN : MX3054200258 SFS-7008P#Related Commands
show ip
To display IP configuration data, enter the show ip command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ip [address-table | route | http [server secure]]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view the results of the ip commands.
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-only user.
Examples
The example below shows the output of the show ip address-table command. Note that port 0 always indicates the gateway port of the interface card.
SFS-7000P# show ip address-table===============================================================IP Address Table===============================================================port address mask bcast-addr reasm type statusformat max-size----------------------------------------------------------------------------4/0 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 1 0 primary active4/1 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 1 0 primary active4/2 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0 1 0 primary activeSFS-7000P#The example below shows the local Ethernet routes for the system chassis. Local routes are automatically generated whenever you assign an IP address to a system card or port. The codes shown in the proto column are explained in the output header. A next-hop value of 0.0.0.0 always indicates a local route.
SFS-7000P# show ip route============================================================================IP Routes============================================================================Protocol Codes: OT - other L - local NM - netmgmt IC - icmpE - egp G - ggp H - hello R - rip IS - ISIS ES - ES_IS,CI - ciscoIgrp BS - bbnSpfIgp O - OSPF B - BGP ID - IDPRdest mask next-hop port type proto metric----------------------------------------------------------------------------10.10.0.3 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.0 4/1 remote NM 0192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0 4/1 local L 0192.168.2.0 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0 4/0 local L 0192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0 4/2 local L 0SFS-7000P#Related Commands
ip address (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
ip routeshow ip http
To view the configuration of the HTTP server on your server switch, enter the show ip http command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ip http
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Ethernet read-only user.
Use this command to determine if your HTTP server actively runs on your server switch, and to determine the HTTP port number that it uses.
Table 3-88 describes the fields for the show ip http command output.
Examples
The following example displays the configuration of the HTTP server on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# show ip http================================================================================IP HTTP Info================================================================================server : enabledport : 80polling : enabledRelated Commands
show ip http server secure
To view the HTTPS configuration on your server switch, enter the show ip http secure server command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ip http server secure
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Ethernet read-only user.
Use this command to determine if HTTPS actively runs on your server switch and to determine the HTTPS port number that it uses.
Table 3-89 describes the fields for the show ip http server secure command output.
Examples
The following example displays the HTTPS configuration on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# show ip http server secure================================================================================IP HTTP Secure Info================================================================================secure-server : enabledsecure-port : 443secure-cert-common-name : useMgmtEnetIpAddrRelated Commands
show location
To display the location data on your server switch, enter the show location command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show location
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
The show location command displays some contact information to the user; however, it can be configured to display any desired text string.
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Examples
The following example displays the location information that you configured with the location command:
SFS-7000D# show location170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134SFS-7000D#Related Commands
location
snmp-server
show versionshow logging
To display the active system log file, enter the show logging command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show logging [end]
Syntax Description
end
(Optional) Displays approximately the last 10 entries in the system log and then continues to display log entries as they occur.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Use this command to view any of the following:
•
•
•
•
You might want to set the number of lines displayed per screen using the terminal length command. You can also use the more command on ts_log instead of the show logging command.
The show logging end command is the equivalent of using the UNIX tail -f command. The CLI continues to display log entries as they occur until you enter Ctrl-C. No other CLI commands can be entered until Ctrl-C is used to stop the log display.
We recommend that you set the terminal page length to 0 when using the end argument. Otherwise, you need to press the space bar to continue each time the maximum display length is reached. After you set the page length, do not change the terminal window size. Changing window size restores the terminal length to that of the window and restarts paging.
The system log file on the chassis controller is /var/log/topspin.
Examples:
The following example displays the last 10 log entries:
SFS-7000P# show logging endJan 3 11:09:58 igr-cc ib_sm.x[597]: [INFO]: Successfully add pgid fe800000000000000005ad0000001199 to mgid ff18a01b00000000000005ad00000002Jan 3 17:02:56 igr-cc port_mgr.x[535]: [INFO]: port down - port=16/7, type=ib4xFXJan 3 17:02:58 igr-cc port_mgr.x[535]: [INFO]: port up - port=16/7, type=ib4xFXJan 3 18:21:46 igr-cc port_mgr.x[535]: [INFO]: port down - port=16/2, type=ib4xFXJan 3 18:21:48 igr-cc port_mgr.x[535]: [INFO]: port up - port=16/2, type=ib4xFXJan 3 19:35:55 igr-cc chassis_mgr.x[523]: [CONF]: [super]: config snmp trap-receiver 10.10.253.47Jan 3 19:35:55 igr-cc chassis_mgr.x[523]: [CONF]: [super]: config snmp trap-receiver 10.10.253.47 version v2cJan 3 19:35:55 igr-cc chassis_mgr.x[523]: [CONF]: [super]: config snmp trap-receiver 10.10.253.47 community publicJan 3 19:35:55 igr-cc chassis_mgr.x[523]: [CONF]: [super]: config snmp trap-receiver 10.10.253.47 community publicRelated Commands
copy
logging
show fan
telnet
terminalshow ntp
To display
•
•
enter the show ntp command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show ntp
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Use the clock set command to set the time and date. Use the ntp command to set the NTP servers that are to maintain the system clock.
Examples
The following example displays the current date and time, as well as NTP server details:
SFS-7000P> show ntp===============================================================NTP Information===============================================================Date : 04/16/03Time : 16:02:43Server One : 10.3.120.55Server Two : 10.3.120.56Server Three : 10.3.120.57SFS-7000P>Related Commands
show power-supply
To display the status of the power supplies on your server switch, enter the show power-supply command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show power-supply
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000DPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Use this command to monitor the power supply. This command primarily serves to help management tools continuously monitor power supply status. Errors in the ts_log file might prompt you to check power supply status. Table 3-90 describes the power-supply fields.
Examples
The following example displays power supply details:
SFS-7000D> show power-supply================================================================================Power-supply Information================================================================================ps type admin-status oper-status utilization voltage--------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 AC up up 23 12================================================================================Power-supply Seeprom================================================================================product pca pca frups serial-number serial-number number number--------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 ZDHZ0858 - - 98-00109-01SFS-7000D>Related Commands
show backplane
show fan
show sensorshow redundancy-group
To display redundancy group information, enter the show redundancy-group command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show redundancy-group [rlb-id]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command displays all redundancy groups by default.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-only user.
Use this command to view redundancy groups and attributes of redundancy groups.
Table 3-91 describes the fields for the show redundancy-group command output.
Examples
The following example displays the redundancy groups on the chassis:
SFS-3012R# show redundancy-group================================================================================Redundancy Groups================================================================================rlb-id : 1name :group-p_key : ff:ffload-balancing : disabledbroadcast-forwarding : falsedirected-broadcast : falsemulticast : falsegratuitous-igmp : falseigmp-version : v2num-members : 1new-member-force-reelection : false================================================================================Redundancy Group Members================================================================================bridge-group src-addr last-receive--------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 192.168.1.10 Thu Jan 1 00:19:11 1970rlb-id : 2name :group-p_key : 00:02load-balancing : disabledbroadcast-forwarding : falsedirected-broadcast : falsemulticast : falsegratuitous-igmp : falseigmp-version : v2num-members : 1new-member-force-reelection : falseRelated Commands
redundancy-group
redundancy-group broadcast-forwarding
redundancy-group directed-broadcast
redundancy-group gratuitous-igmp
redundancy-group igmp
redundancy-group load-balancing
redundancy-group multicast
redundancy-group name
redundancy-group new-member-force-reelectionshow running-status
To execute a thorough range of show commands for a particular technology, enter the show running-status command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show running-status {all | ethernet | fc | ib} [to-file]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
This command can generate a large amount of data. Data is displayed per terminal length command settings. When entered, this command first prompts you to verify your desire to generate the data. Enter y to continue or n to cancel.
The default output file is syslog:igr_interface_runningstatus, where interface is one of fc, ib, or all. If the file already exists, it will be overwritten. This text file can be uploaded to another system using the copy command or viewed using the more command.
Examples
The following example runs all Ethernet show commands:
SFS-7000P> show running-status ethernetAre you sure you want to continue? [yes/no] yGathering system-wide information, please wait.....SFS-7000P> show arp ethernet===============================================================ARP Information===============================================================port physical-address net-address type---------------------------------------------------------------SFS-7000P> show arp ib===============================================================ARP Information===============================================================port physical-address net-address type----------------------------------------------------------------------------SFS-7000P> show backplane===============================================================Backplane Seeprom===============================================================base-mac-addr chassis-id---------------------------------------------------------------1a:0:a:3a:0:a 0x600000000......Related Commands
See most of the other show commands.
show interface ethernet
show interface fcshow sensor
To display the temperature at several key locations in your server switch, enter the show sensor command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show sensor
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
The show sensor command identifies the temperature sensors in the system chassis. It also reports their location in the chassis and the current temperature at that location. Chassis temperature should be monitored to verify the cooling efficiency of the blowers and your data center air-conditioning.
Temperatures are in degrees Celsius and vary depending upon their location.
Normal temperature levels for the Cisco SFS 3001 remain 10 to 20 degrees Celsius above the ambient temperature.
75° C would be an alarm temperature and the system will reset itself at 85° C.
Table 3-72 describes the output of the show sensor command.
Examples
The following example displays the temperature sensor information on the server switch:
SFS-7000D> show sensor================================================================================Sensor Information================================================================================sensor oper-status oper-code temperature(c) alarm-temp(c) shutdown-temp(c)--------------------------------------------------------------------------------1/1 up normal 36 65 73SFS-7000D#Related Commands
show snmp
To display the SNMP receivers for link traps on your server switch, enter the show snmp command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show snmp [user {all | user-name}]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Use this command to verify the SNMP servers that you configure with the snmp-server command.
Examples
The following example displays the SNMP trap receivers configured on the server switch:
SFS-7000D> show snmp================================================================================SNMP Information================================================================================contact : tac@cisco.comlocation : 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134enable-traps-authentication : disabled================================================================================Trap Receivers================================================================================ipaddr version community recv-events--------------------------------------------------------------------------------10.76.138.180 v2c public falseSFS-7000D>The following example displays the SNMP trap receivers for all users:
SFS-7000D> show snmp user all================================================================================SNMPv3 User Information================================================================================engine-id : 80:00:18:3b:05:05:00:30:30:30:30:30:31:65:31:63username : adminauth-type : shaauth-password : 5A9199CE77AA0344220CF986997E737437D991CApriv-type : des56priv-password : 5A9199CE77AA0344220CF986997E7374permission-level : ib-rw, ip-ethernet-rw, fc-rwenable : disabledusername : guestauth-type : nonepriv-type : nonepermission-level : ib-ro, ip-ethernet-ro, fc-roenable : disabledusername : superauth-type : md5auth-password : 69AE8902000CEA306EF9DE6BCF4182A4priv-type : des56priv-password : 69AE8902000CEA306EF9DE6BCF4182A4permission-level : unrestricted-rwenable : disabledSFS-7000D>Related Commands
link-trap
location
logging
snmp-servershow system
To display the system global settings, enter the show system command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show system
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Use this command to verify that the SRP configuration is locked or unlocked.
Examples
The following example indicates that the ib counter reset is enabled:
SFS-7000P# show system================================================================================System Global Settings================================================================================enable ib counter reset : enabledRelated Commands
show system-mode
Use this command to verify that the SRP configuration is locked or unlocked. To display the system mode (normal or VFrame), enter the show system-mode command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show system-mode
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Examples
The following example indicates that the server switch is in its default unlocked mode:
SFS-7000P# show system-mode================================================================================System Operation Mode================================================================================oper-mode: normalRelated Commands
show system-services
Use this command to discover which system services (for example, Telnet, ftp, and syslog) run on your server switch. You can configure any or all of these services to manage your server switch. To display system services such as FTP and Telnet, enter the show system-services command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show system-services
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000DPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Examples
The following example displays the system services that run on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# show system-services================================================================================System Services================================================================================ftp service : disabledtelnet service : enabledsyslog-server-one : 0.0.0.0syslog-server-two : 0.0.0.0================================================================================NTP Information================================================================================date : 03/29/06time : 17:01:35server-one : 0.0.0.0server-two : 0.0.0.0Press any key to continue (Q to quit)Related Commands
ftp-server enable
history
radius-server
snmp-server
ntp
hostname
telnet
terminal
tacacs-servershow terminal
To display terminal parameters, enter the show terminal command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show terminal
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Use this command to view information about your CLI session. The command provides useful information such as timeout parameters, output-screen length, and history-buffer size.
Examples
The following example displays information about this CLI session.
SFS-7000P# show terminalConsole is enabledConnection host address is 10.10.253.128Length: 25 lines, Width: 80 columnsTimeouts: enabled, Value: 15 minutesSession limit is set to 3History is enabled, history size is 30Maximum command length is 512 charactersMaximum login attempts is 5Related Commands
show trace
To display the system program modules that your server switch calls, enter the show trace command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show trace app application-number [module module-number] [card card-number]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Use this command for program debugging.
Examples
The following example traces application 9, module 1, card 2:
SFS-7000P> show trace app 9 mod 1 card 2AMF 1 0x0 0x0Related Commands
show trunk
To display the configuration of trunk groups, enter the show trunk command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show trunk [trunk id]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
Use this command to view the trunk groups that you have configured on your server switch. You can verify trunk-group related changes that you have made to the configuration file with the show trunk command.
Examples
The following example displays the trunk groups on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# show trunk================================================================================Trunks Groups================================================================================trunk-group-id : 1trunk-group-name :distribution-type : src-dst-macport-members :enable : falsemtu : 0mac-addr : 00:00:00:00:00:00ifindex : 45057Related Commands
show user
To display user information for yourself or one or more users on the server switch, enter the show user command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode. No TACACS+ user information is stored locally, so the command show user all shows only local users.
show user [user | all]
Syntax Description
Defaults
The show user command without arguments displays the account information for the user who executes the command.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only and unrestricted read-write user.
Enter the show user command with no arguments to display your current user information. The command lists username, access level, status, and login statistics. All users can view their own user information, however, only an unrestricted read-write user can view the user information of others. The show user command tracks statistics that start from the last time the server switch booted.
Table 3-93 describes the fields in the show user command output.
Examples
The following example displays the admin user:
SFS-7000P> show user admin===============================================================User Information===============================================================username : adminpassword : $1$IJ5..U6.$lSxb8uqVuUG7kOmiRsxHt1snmp-community : privatepermission-level : ib-rw, ip-ethernet-rw, fc-rwadmin-status : enablednum-logins : 1num-unsuccessful-logins : 0last-login : Thu Apr 10 22:06:48 2003last-unsuccessful-login :SFS-7000P>The following example shows the login information of the current user:
SFS-7000P> show user===============================================================User Information===============================================================username : superpassword : $1$IJ5..U6.$ES3pIhx/ccUaCKgM65vp6.snmp-community : secretpermission-level : unrestricted-rwadmin-status : enablednum-logins : 4num-unsuccessful-logins : 0last-login : Thu Apr 10 22:06:59 2003last-unsuccessful-login :SFS-7000P>Related Commands
show version
This command provides the software version, contact information, system up-time, time of last configuration change, and the last action performed on the server switch. To display a general, high-level description of your server switch, enter the show version command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
show version
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Table 3-94 describes the fields in the command output.
Table 3-94 Show Version Command Field Descriptions
system-version
Operating system software version that the server switch runs.
contact
Displays the contact information that you configure with the snmp-server command. See the "snmp-server" section.
name
Displays the device name that you configure with the hostname command. See the "hostname" section.
location
Displays the location information that you configure with the snmp-server command. See the "snmp-server" section.
up-time
Amount of time since last boot.
last-change
Date and time of last configuration change.
last-config-save
Date and time that an administrator last saved the running configuration.
action
Executed action. See the "action" section.
result
Result of executed action.
oper-mode
System mode of the server switch. See the "system-mode" section.
sys-sync-state (select chassis only)
Displays the synchronization state between the primary controller card and the hot standby controller card.
Examples
The following example displays the system version:
SFS-7000D> show version================================================================================System Version Information================================================================================system-version : SFS-7000D TopspinOS 2.9.0-ALPHA saradha #15 09/17/2006 07:27:48contact : tac@cisco.comname : SFS-7000Dlocation : 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134rack-uid : 0x0up-time : 0(d):3(h):58(m):8(s)last-change : nonelast-config-save : noneaction : noneresult : noneoper-mode : normalSFS-7000D>Related Commands
hostname
location
snmp-server
show boot-configshutdown
Use the shutdown command to disable any of the following:
•
•
•
•
Enter the shutdown command in the appropriate configuration submode. To enable any of these elements, use the no form of this command.
shutdown
no shutdown
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Card configuration (config-card) submode, Ethernet management interface configuration (config-if-mgmt-ethernet) submode, InfiniBand management interface configuration (config-if-mgmt-ib) submode, Ethernet interface configuration (config-if-ether) submode, InfiniBand interface configuration (config-if-ib) submode, Fibre Channel interface configuration (config-if-fc) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted or card-specific read-write user.
Enabling/Disabling a card:
Before you use the action command on a card, you must enable (bring up) the card. To enable or disable a card, follow these steps:
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
When you use the shutdown command to disable a card, the card stops processing packets and powers down.
Enabling/Disabling an interface port:
To enable or disable a port, follow these steps:
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Examples
The following example enables interface card 12:
SFS-3012R(config-card-12)# no shutdownThe following example enables the interface Management Ethernet port:
SFS-3012R(config-if-mgmt-ethernet)# no shutdownThe following example enables the interface Management IB port:
SFS-3012R(config-if-mgmt-ib)# no shutdownThe following example sets the admin-status field for ports 1 through 6 on InfiniBand card 15 to up:
SFS-3012R(config-if-ib-15/1-15/6)# no shutdownRelated Commands
action
auto-negotiate (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
card
gateway
link-trap
show card
show interface mgmt-serial
typesnmp-server
To store contact and location information and to configure the SNMP notification host and SNMPv3 user, enter the snmp-server command in global configuration mode. To replace these values with empty strings, enter the no form of this command.
snmp-server {contact "contact-string" | engineID local engine-string | host dest [community-string] [recv-event-traps] | location "location-string" | enable traps authentication}
snmp-server user username {disable | enable | privilege privileges | v3 [encrypted] auth {md5 | sha} password [priv des56 privacy]}
no snmp-server {contact | host ip-address [recv-event-traps] | location | user username v3 | enable traps authentication}
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user.
The snmp-server contact string appears when you view system version or SNMP information.
The snmp-server host string appears in the show snmp command output.
The host keyword configures the IP address of the host that you want to receive traps.
Note
Examples
The following example stores contact information on your server switch and assigns a SNMP server to your server switch:
SFS-7000P(config)# snmp-server contact "support@cisco.com"SFS-7000P(config)# snmp-server host 10.3.106.99 secretThe following example inputs user "dog" with the SNMPv3 security model, assigns md5 authentication, a password of "cat," and assigns des56 privacy with a password of "fish" in the configuration:
SFS-270(config)# snmp-server user dog v3 auth md5 cat priv des56 fishRelated Commands
gateway
radius-server
ntp
location
loggingsource-wwpn
To configure an optional WWPN identifier for a Fibre Channel interface Echo test, enter the source-wwpn command in Fibre Channel interface diagnostic configuration submode.
source-wwpn wwpn
no source-wwpn wwpn
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Interface diagnostic configuration submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
Examples
The following example sets the source wwpn:
SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-fc-4/1)# source-wwpn 20:01:00:05:ad:00:40:00Related Commands
diagnostic
show interface ethernet
show interface ib
show interface gateway
start
stop
testspeed (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
To assign an Ethernet connection speed to a port or ports, enter the speed command in Ethernet interface configuration submode.
speed speed
Syntax Description
speed
An integer value that configures the speed (in Mbps) of the connection between your server switch and an Ethernet device. Valid values are 10, 100, and 1000.
Defaults
This command has no default values.
Command Modes
Ethernet interface configuration (config-if-ether) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user, Ethernet read-write user.
Note
The speed command sets the administrative speed (the speed that you want) only. Self-detection determines the actual speed, which depends on the capabilities of the connection. You must disable the auto-negotiation feature to manually configure speed.
Examples
The following example sets the ethernet interface (slot 4, port 1) to a speed of 100 Mbps:
SFS-3012R(config-if-ether-4/1)# speed 100Related Commands
auto-negotiate (Ethernet interface configuration submode)
half-duplex
show interface ethernetspeed (Fibre Channel interface configuration submode)
To configure the connection speed between Fibre Channel interface ports on your server switch and Fibre Channel devices, enter the speed command in Fibre Channel interface configuration submode.
speed speed
Syntax Description
speed
An integer value that configures the speed (in Mbps) of the connection between your server switch and a Fibre Channel device. Enter 1000 for 1 Gbps or 2000 for 2 Gbps.
Defaults
By default, Fibre Channel connections run at 2000 Mbps (2 Gbps).
Command Modes
Fibre Channel interface configuration (config-if-fc) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user, Fibre Channel read-write user.
Note
The speed of a connection does not necessarily match the speed that you configure. If your connection cannot physically connect at the speed that you specify, the connection runs at a slower speed that your server switch automatically detects. As soon as a physical change makes your speed setting possible, the connection runs at the speed that you specified.
Examples
The following example sets the preferred speed to 1,000 Mbps (1 Gbps). The results of this command may be viewed in the admin-speed field for Fibre Channel interfaces using the show interface fc command:
SFS-3012R(config-if-fc-5/4)# speed 1000Related Commands
auto-negotiate (Fibre Channel interface configuration submode)
show fc srp initiator
show interface fcspeed (InfiniBand interface configuration submode)
To configure the link capacity (or port speed) of an InfiniBand connection, enter the speed command in InfiniBand interface configuration submode.
speed speed
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default values.
Command Modes
InfiniBand interface configuration (config-if-ib) submode (select server switches).
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 7000D
Privilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user, InfiniBand read-write user.
Note
The speed command sets the administrative value only. You must disable the auto-negotiation feature to manually configure the link capacity. With auto-negotiation turned on, self detection determines the port speed, which depends upon the capabilities of the connection.
With auto-negotiation disabled, the speed command sets the InfiniBand port speed to the product of the link width and the lane speed as follows:
•
•
•
Note
Examples
The following example sets all InfiniBand interfaces on a Cisco SFS 7000D to a speed of 20 Gbps:
SFS-7000D (config-if-ib-1/1-1/24)# speed 4x-ddrRelated Commands
auto-negotiate (InfiniBand interface configuration submode)
show interface ibstart
To begin a diagnostic test, enter the start command in the appropriate interface diagnostic configuration submode.
start
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel interface diagnostic configuration (config-diag-if-fc) submode, Ethernet interface diagnostic configuration (config-diag-if-en) submode, or card interface diagnostic configuration (config-diag-if-card) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
Examples
The following example starts a LED diag test on a Fibre Channel interface:
SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-fc-4/1)# test ledSFS-3012R(config-diag-if-fc-4/1)# startThe following example starts a self-test diagnostic test on a card:
FS-3012R (config-diag-card-6)# test self-testSFS-3012R (config-diag-card-6)# startRelated Commands
diagnostic
show interface ethernet
show interface fc
show interface gateway
stop
teststop
To end a diagnostic test, enter the stop command in the appropriate interface Diagnostic configuration submode.
stop
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel interface diagnostic configuration (config-diag-if-fc) submode, Ethernet interface diagnostic configuration (config-diag-if-en) submode, or card interface diagnostic configuration (config-diag-if-card) submode, card diagnostic configuration submode, (config-diag-card), chassis diagnostic configuration submode (config-diag-chassis), fan diagnostic configuration submode (config-diag-fan), power supply diagnostic configuration submode (config-diag-power-supply), InfiniBand interface diagnostic configuration submode (config-diag-if-ib)
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-write user.
Examples
The following example stops the test running on Fibre Channel port 4/1:
SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-fc-4/1)# stopThe following example stops the test running on card 6:
SFS-3012R(config-diag-card-6)# stopRelated Commands
diagnostic
show interface ethernet
show interface fc
show interface gateway
start
testsystem-mode
To configure your server switch to deny changes to SRP configuration to preserve VFrame-authorized configurations, enter the system-mode command in global configuration mode.
system-mode {normal | vframe-210}
Syntax Description
Defaults
By default, authorized users can manually alter the SRP configuration.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user, Fibre Channel read-write user
Configure the system-mode of all switches in a VFrame environment to vframe-210 to avoid manual SRP configuration changes that interfere with the VFrame SRP configuration.
Examples
The following example locks the SRP configuration for VFrame purposes:
SFS-3012R(config)# system-mode normalRelated Commands
fc srp initiator
fc srp initiator-wwpn
fc srp it
fc srp itl
fc srp lu
fc srp target
fc srp-global gateway-portmask-policy restricted
fc srp-global itl
fc srp-global lun-policy restrictedsystem ib-counter-reset
To disable the regular resetting of IB port counters on your server switch, enter the system ib-counter-reset command in global configuration mode. To reenable the regular resetting of IB port counters on your server switch, use the no form of this command.
system ib-counter-reset
no system ib-counter-reset'
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Counter resetting is enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
Use the system ib-counter-reset command to enable or disable the regular resetting of IB port counters. This is a global, chassis-wide setting that allows you to stop all IB port agents from resetting the IB port counters.
Examples
The following example disables the regular resetting of IB port counters:
SFS-7000P(config)# no system ib-counter-resettacacs-server
To configure a TACACS+ server, use the tacacs-server host command.
tacacs-server host ip-address [port port] [timeout seconds] [retransmit retransmit] [key authentication-key]
no tacacs-server host ip-address
Syntax Description
Defaults
The TACACS+ host authentication port value defaults to 49. The timeout seconds parameter defaults to 5.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted and general read-write user.
Use the tacacs-server command to identify a host as a TACACS+ server.
You can configure up to three TACACS+ servers. The order in which you configure them determines the order in which the authentication process attempts to access them.
Configure a TACACS+ server to authenticate CLI user logins. Enter the authentication command to enable authentication and to configure your server switch to authenticate with the TACACS+ server. Use the show authentication command to display the configuration of the TACACS+ server, including the priority.
Examples
The following example changes command mode to executive mode and then to configuration mode, and then it identifies 164.28.299.30 as a TACACS+ server:
SFS-7000>enableSFS-7000P# configureSFS-7000P(config)# tacacs-server host 164.28.299.30Related Commands
authentication
boot-config
clock set
show authentication
snmp-server
radius-servertarget-wwpn
To configure an optional WWPN identifier for a Fibre Channel interface Echo test, enter the target-wwpn command in Fibre Channel interface diagnostic configuration submode.
source-wwpn wwpn
no source-wwpn wwpn
Syntax Descriptionno source-wwpn wwpn
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel interface diagnostic configuration (config-diag-if-fc) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Fibre Channel read-write user.
Examples
The following example configures a target identifier for use with a Fibre Channel interface test:
SFS-3012R(config-diag-if-fc-4/1)# target-wwpn 20:01:00:05:ad:00:40:00Related Commands
diagnostic
show interface ethernet
show interface fc
show interface gateway
start
stop
testtelnet
To enable or disable Telnet services on your server switch, enter the Telnet command in privileged EXEC mode.
telnet {enable | disable}
Syntax Description
Defaults
By default, Telnet services run on your server switch.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write access.
Disable the Telnet feature to restrict access to your server switch to SSH only. Your server switch supports two concurrent Telnet log-ins (in addition to the serial log-in, if applicable).
Examples
The following example enables Telnet access to the server switch:
SFS-7000P(config)# telnet enableRelated Commands
ftp-server enable
history
more
show interface mgmt-ethernet
show interface mgmt-ib
show system-servicesterminal
To configure
•
•
enter the terminal length command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode. To restore these settings to default values, use the no form of this command.
terminal {length number-of-lines | time-out minutes}
terminal no {length | time-out}
Syntax Description
Defaults
By default, the CLI displays 24 lines per screen.
By default, your server switch logs you out after 15 minutes of inactivity.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
•
A number-of-lines value of 0 turns off paging and displays data on the screen without stopping until completed. We recommend that you set the terminal page length to 0 when you use the show logging command with the end argument. Otherwise, you will have to keep pressing the space bar to continue each time the maximum display length prints. The no form of this command resets the terminal length to the default.The number of lines specified only applies to the current CLI session. Other users are unaffected by changes to the display length.
Note
•
Changes to this parameter apply immediately to all users and continue to apply to users who log in after you configure the timeout value. Enter 0 to disable timeouts.
Note
Examples
The following example configures the CLI to display 66 lines of display output at a time:
SFS-7000P# terminal length 66The following example configures the CLI to time out after 60 minutes:
SFS-7000P# terminal time-out 60Related CommandsRelated Commands:
logging
more
show logging
show system-services
show terminaltest
Specify a diagnostic test to run with the test command in appropriate diagnostic configuration submode.
test {echo | int-loopback | ext-loopback | led | self-test}
Note
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel interface diagnostic configuration (config-diag-if-fc) submode, Ethernet interface diagnostic configuration (config-diag-if-en) submode, InfiniBand interface diagnostic configuration (config-diag-if-ib) submode, power supply diagnostic configuration (config-diag-power-supply) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Read-write user.
Examples
The following example specifies a LED test to run on card 11 when the start command completes:
SFS-7000P (config-diag-card-11)# test LEDRelated Commands
diagnostic
show interface ethernet
show interface fc
show interface gateway
start
stoptrace
To track internal server switch program modules that specific interface cards call, enter the trace command in global configuration mode.
Note
trace app app module mod level {no-display | very-terse | terse | verbose | very-verbose | scream} flowmask val [card slot]
Syntax Description
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-write user.
Use this command to debug your system.
The number of applications and modules may change between releases. The numbers assigned to applications and modules may also change. Check application and module number assignments using CLI help (?) before you execute this command, as shown in the example below.
Examples
The following example displays the applications that you can trace (output abridged):
SFS-7000P(config)# trace app ?app <1-25>app numbers:APP_ID_CLI = 1APP_ID_OSPF = 2APP_ID_RIP = 3......APP_ID_IP_AGENT = 22APP_ID_FIB_AGENT = 23APP_ID_KERNEL = 24APP_ID_CARD_AGENT = 25APP_ID_SM = 26The following example enables tracing for application 4, module 36:
SFS-7000P(config)# trace app 4 module 36 level very-verbose flowmask 0x12 card 2Related Commands
trunk-group
To assign a trunk group to one or more Ethernet interfaces, enter the trunk-group command in Ethernet interface configuration submode. To remove a trunk group from the configuration, enter the no form of this command.
trunk-group id
no trunk-group id
Syntax Description
Defaults
By default, trunk groups do not apply to interfaces.
Command Modes
Ethernet interface configuration (config-if-ether) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Privilege Level:
Ethernet read-write user.
The trunk-group command assigns an already-configured trunk group to the Ethernet interface.
Examples
The following example assigns a trunk group to the Ethernet interface (slot 2, ports 1 - 4):
SFS-3012(config-if-ether-2/1-2/4)# trunk-group 2Related Commands
show trunk
show interface ethernettype
To assign an administrative card-type to a slot into which you want to install a card, enter the type command in card configuration submode.
type card-type
Syntax Description
card-type
Type of card in the slot. See Table 3-95 for available card types.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Card configuration (config-card) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted or card-specific read-write user.
Use the type command to reserve slots for particular card types. For instance, if you want a slot to run only Fibre Channel gateway cards, configure the type of the slot to "fc2port2G" so that only that card type will function in the slot. Any other card that you place in the slot will not function. Table 3-95 lists and describes available card types.
Examples
The following example assigns a card-type to the expansion module slot on a Cisco SFS 3001:
SFS-3001(config-card-2)# type en4port1GThe following example assigns a card-type to expansion modules 2 through 4 on a Cisco SFS 3012R:
SFS-3012R(config-card-2-4)# type en4port1GRelated Commands
username
To reconfigure or create and configure user accounts, enter the username command in global configuration mode. To delete a user account, use the no form of this command.
username user password passwd
Creates a new user account.username user {[disable | enable] | [community-string string | no-community-string] | privilege priv...]}
Reconfigures an existing user accountno username user
Deletes an existing user account.Syntax Description
Defaults
Guest user accounts are disabled by default. All other user accounts are enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config) mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
Unrestricted read-write user or general read-write user (change own password only).
The username command
•
•
•
•
•
You must create the user account with the password keyword before you can configure the account. By default, the server switch provides the unrestricted user login super (that uses a default password of super). This login uses secret as its default SNMP community string. SNMP community strings provide the user credentials necessary to access Management Information Base (MIB) object.
Each user login uses one unique community string and one password. A login must use a community string to launch an Element Manager session. To restrict a deny a user access to SNMP, do not provide the login with a community string.
Note
By default, new user accounts have read-only access. You may grant write privileges to a user for functional areas, such as InfiniBand, Ethernet, and Fibre Channel. Privileges are order-dependent. You must enter multiple access privileges in the following order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
When changing the privileges of an existing user, specify all the privileges allowed to the user (including re-entering existing privileges) because the privilege argument removes all existing privileges and replaces them with the new ones.
For security purposes, since multiple users exist on the system, we recommend that you change the default passwords after initial configuration. The default user accounts are listed in the table below.
Examples
The following example creates a user with InfiniBand and Fibre Channel administrative privileges, as well as an SNMP community-string:
SFS-7000P(config)# username ib-fc_admin password ibFcAdminSFS-7000P(config)# username ib-fc_admin community-string ibFc-commStrSFS-7000P(config)# username ib-fc_admin privilege ib-rw ip-ethernet-ro fc-rwSFS-7000P(config)# username ib-fc_admin enableSFS-7000P(config)# exitSFS-7000P# show user ib-fc_admin===============================================================User Information===============================================================username : ib-fc_adminpassword : $1$JwcI/25k$3aCHn3BAQcTF3V2PGv1m7.snmp-community : ibFc-commStrpermission-level : ib-rw, ip-ethernet-ro, fc-rwadmin-status : enablednum-logins : 0num-unsuccessful-logins : 0last-login :last-unsuccessful-login :SFS-7000P#The following example disables a user account but does not delete it:
SFS-7000P(config)# username ib-fc_admin disableThe following example deletes a user account:
SFS-7000P(config)# username ib-fc_admin noRelated Commands
ftp-server enable
show user
snmp-server
telnetvalidate
To validate diagnostic tests, enter the validate command in the appropriate diagnostic configuration submode.
validate
no validate
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Diagnostic configuration (config-diag) submode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-write user.
Examples
The following example validates diagnostic tests on port 6/2:
SFS-7000P (config-diag-if-en-6/2)# validateRelated Commands
diagnostic
show interface ethernet
show interface fc
show interface gateway
start
stopwho
To display
•
•
enter the who command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
who
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Use this command before you reboot the server switch so you can broadcast a message about impending reboots if other users have sessions open to the server switch.
Examples
The following example displays the users on the server switch:
SFS-7000P# whosuper Consolesuper 10.10.253.47admin 10.10.196.8SFS-7000P#Related Commands
write
To send a text message to another CLI user, enter the write command in user EXEC mode or privileged EXEC mode.
write user "string"
Syntax Description
user
User account to which you want to send a message.
string
Text that you want to send to the other user.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode, privileged EXEC mode.
Usage Guidelines
Platform Availability:
Cisco SFS 3001, Cisco SFS 3012, Cisco SFS 3012R
Cisco SFS 7000, Cisco SFS 7000P, Cisco SFS 7008, Cisco SFS 7008P, Cisco SFS 7000D
Cisco 4x InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM BladeCenterPrivilege Level:
General read-only user.
Use the write command to send messages about administrative functions that impact individual users.
Examples
The following example sends a message to the admin user:
SFS-7000P# write admin "Please reconnect ib1 to the switch card."Related Commands
